Form 1-A Issuer Information UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 1-A
REGULATION A OFFERING STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
OMB APPROVAL

FORM 1-A

OMB Number: 3235-0286


Estimated average burden hours per response: 608.0

1-A: Filer Information

Issuer CIK
0001585380
Issuer CCC
XXXXXXXX
DOS File Number
Offering File Number
Is this a LIVE or TEST Filing? LIVE TEST
Would you like a Return Copy?
Notify via Filing Website only?
Since Last Filing?

Submission Contact Information

Name
Phone
E-Mail Address

1-A: Item 1. Issuer Information

Issuer Infomation

Exact name of issuer as specified in the issuer's charter
Greene Concepts, Inc
Jurisdiction of Incorporation / Organization
NEW YORK
Year of Incorporation
1952
CIK
0001585380
Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code
BOTTLED & CANNED SOFT DRINKS CARBONATED WATERS
I.R.S. Employer Identification Number
74-3101465
Total number of full-time employees
1
Total number of part-time employees
0

Contact Infomation

Address of Principal Executive Offices

Address 1
13195 U.S. Highway 221 N
Address 2
City
Marion
State/Country
NORTH CAROLINA
Mailing Zip/ Postal Code
28752
Phone
559-434-1000

Provide the following information for the person the Securities and Exchange Commission's staff should call in connection with any pre-qualification review of the offering statement.

Name
Karen Howard
Address 1
Address 2
City
State/Country
Mailing Zip/ Postal Code
Phone

Provide up to two e-mail addresses to which the Securities and Exchange Commission's staff may send any comment letters relating to the offering statement. After qualification of the offering statement, such e-mail addresses are not required to remain active.

Financial Statements

Industry Group (select one) Banking Insurance Other

Use the financial statements for the most recent period contained in this offering statement to provide the following information about the issuer. The following table does not include all of the line items from the financial statements. Long Term Debt would include notes payable, bonds, mortgages, and similar obligations. To determine "Total Revenues" for all companies selecting "Other" for their industry group, refer to Article 5-03(b)(1) of Regulation S-X. For companies selecting "Insurance", refer to Article 7-04 of Regulation S-X for calculation of "Total Revenues" and paragraphs 5 and 7 of Article 7-04 for "Costs and Expenses Applicable to Revenues".

Balance Sheet Information

Cash and Cash Equivalents
$ 86071.00
Investment Securities
$ 0.00
Total Investments
$
Accounts and Notes Receivable
$ 0.00
Loans
$
Property, Plant and Equipment (PP&E):
$ 0.00
Property and Equipment
$
Total Assets
$ 3289975.00
Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities
$ 4399.00
Policy Liabilities and Accruals
$
Deposits
$
Long Term Debt
$ 0.00
Total Liabilities
$ 1663755.00
Total Stockholders' Equity
$ 1621220.00
Total Liabilities and Equity
$ 3289975.00

Statement of Comprehensive Income Information

Total Revenues
$ 5113.00
Total Interest Income
$
Costs and Expenses Applicable to Revenues
$ 82326.00
Total Interest Expenses
$
Depreciation and Amortization
$ 33564.00
Net Income
$ -96307.00
Earnings Per Share - Basic
$ -0.00
Earnings Per Share - Diluted
$ -0.00
Name of Auditor (if any)

Outstanding Securities

Common Equity

Name of Class (if any) Common Equity
Common Stock
Common Equity Units Outstanding
723112467
Common Equity CUSIP (if any):
39468C304
Common Equity Units Name of Trading Center or Quotation Medium (if any)
OTC Pink Market

Preferred Equity

Preferred Equity Name of Class (if any)
Preferred Class A
Preferred Equity Units Outstanding
12085500
Preferred Equity CUSIP (if any)
000000n/a
Preferred Equity Name of Trading Center or Quotation Medium (if any)
n/a

Debt Securities

Debt Securities Name of Class (if any)
n/a
Debt Securities Units Outstanding
0
Debt Securities CUSIP (if any):
000000n/a
Debt Securities Name of Trading Center or Quotation Medium (if any)
n/a

1-A: Item 2. Issuer Eligibility

Issuer Eligibility

Check this box to certify that all of the following statements are true for the issuer(s)

1-A: Item 3. Application of Rule 262

Application Rule 262

Check this box to certify that, as of the time of this filing, each person described in Rule 262 of Regulation A is either not disqualified under that rule or is disqualified but has received a waiver of such disqualification.

Check this box if "bad actor" disclosure under Rule 262(d) is provided in Part II of the offering statement.

1-A: Item 4. Summary Information Regarding the Offering and Other Current or Proposed Offerings

Summary Infomation

Check the appropriate box to indicate whether you are conducting a Tier 1 or Tier 2 offering Tier1 Tier2
Check the appropriate box to indicate whether the financial statements have been audited Unaudited Audited
Types of Securities Offered in this Offering Statement (select all that apply)
Equity (common or preferred stock)
Does the issuer intend to offer the securities on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 251(d)(3)? Yes No
Does the issuer intend this offering to last more than one year? Yes No
Does the issuer intend to price this offering after qualification pursuant to Rule 253(b)? Yes No
Will the issuer be conducting a best efforts offering? Yes No
Has the issuer used solicitation of interest communications in connection with the proposed offering? Yes No
Does the proposed offering involve the resale of securities by affiliates of the issuer? Yes No
Number of securities offered
2000000000
Number of securities of that class outstanding
723112467

The information called for by this item below may be omitted if undetermined at the time of filing or submission, except that if a price range has been included in the offering statement, the midpoint of that range must be used to respond. Please refer to Rule 251(a) for the definition of "aggregate offering price" or "aggregate sales" as used in this item. Please leave the field blank if undetermined at this time and include a zero if a particular item is not applicable to the offering.

Price per security
$ 0.0015
The portion of the aggregate offering price attributable to securities being offered on behalf of the issuer
$ 3000000.00
The portion of the aggregate offering price attributable to securities being offered on behalf of selling securityholders
$ 0.00
The portion of the aggregate offering price attributable to all the securities of the issuer sold pursuant to a qualified offering statement within the 12 months before the qualification of this offering statement
$ 0.00
The estimated portion of aggregate sales attributable to securities that may be sold pursuant to any other qualified offering statement concurrently with securities being sold under this offering statement
$ 0.00
Total (the sum of the aggregate offering price and aggregate sales in the four preceding paragraphs)
$ 3000000.00

Anticipated fees in connection with this offering and names of service providers

Underwriters - Name of Service Provider
Underwriters - Fees
$
Sales Commissions - Name of Service Provider
Sales Commissions - Fee
$
Finders' Fees - Name of Service Provider
Finders' Fees - Fees
$
Audit - Name of Service Provider
Jaribu W. Nelson, CPA
Audit - Fees
$ 5000.00
Legal - Name of Service Provider
BEVILACQUA PLLC
Legal - Fees
$ 35000.00
Promoters - Name of Service Provider
Promoters - Fees
$
Blue Sky Compliance - Name of Service Provider
BEVILACQUA PLLC
Blue Sky Compliance - Fees
$ 10000.00
CRD Number of any broker or dealer listed:
Estimated net proceeds to the issuer
$ 4950000.00
Clarification of responses (if necessary)

1-A: Item 5. Jurisdictions in Which Securities are to be Offered

Jurisdictions in Which Securities are to be Offered

Using the list below, select the jurisdictions in which the issuer intends to offer the securities

Selected States and Jurisdictions
COLORADO
DELAWARE
NEW YORK

Using the list below, select the jurisdictions in which the securities are to be offered by underwriters, dealers or sales persons or check the appropriate box

None
Same as the jurisdictions in which the issuer intends to offer the securities
Selected States and Jurisdictions

1-A: Item 6. Unregistered Securities Issued or Sold Within One Year

Unregistered Securities Issued or Sold Within One Year

None

Unregistered Securities Issued

As to any unregistered securities issued by the issuer of any of its predecessors or affiliated issuers within one year before the filing of this Form 1-A, state:

(a)Name of such issuer
Greene Concepts, Inc.
(b)(1) Title of securities issued
Common Stock
(2) Total Amount of such securities issued
153400066
(3) Amount of such securities sold by or for the account of any person who at the time was a director, officer, promoter or principal securityholder of the issuer of such securities, or was an underwriter of any securities of such issuer.
0
(c)(1) Aggregate consideration for which the securities were issued and basis for computing the amount thereof.
0
(2) Aggregate consideration for which the securities listed in (b)(3) of this item (if any) were issued and the basis for computing the amount thereof (if different from the basis described in (c)(1)).

Unregistered Securities Issued

As to any unregistered securities issued by the issuer of any of its predecessors or affiliated issuers within one year before the filing of this Form 1-A, state:

(a)Name of such issuer
Greene Concepts, Inc.
(b)(1) Title of securities issued
Preferred Class A
(2) Total Amount of such securities issued
85500
(3) Amount of such securities sold by or for the account of any person who at the time was a director, officer, promoter or principal securityholder of the issuer of such securities, or was an underwriter of any securities of such issuer.
0
(c)(1) Aggregate consideration for which the securities were issued and basis for computing the amount thereof.
0
(2) Aggregate consideration for which the securities listed in (b)(3) of this item (if any) were issued and the basis for computing the amount thereof (if different from the basis described in (c)(1)).

Unregistered Securities Act

(e) Indicate the section of the Securities Act or Commission rule or regulation relied upon for exemption from the registration requirements of such Act and state briefly the facts relied upon for such exemption
Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act

Preliminary Offering Circular, Dated October 2, 2019

 

AN OFFERING STATEMENT PURSUANT TO REGULATION A RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.  INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PRELIMINARY OFFERING CIRCULAR IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED BEFORE THE OFFERING STATEMENT FILED WITH THE COMMISSION IS QUALIFIED.  THIS PRELIMINARY OFFERING CIRCULAR SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR MAY THERE BE ANY SALES OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL BEFORE REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.  WE MAY ELECT TO SATISFY OUR OBLIGATION TO DELIVER A FINAL OFFERING CIRCULAR BY SENDING YOU A NOTICE WITHIN TWO BUSINESS DAYS AFTER THE COMPLETION OF OUR SALE TO YOU THAT CONTAINS THE URL WHERE THE OFFERING CIRCULAR WAS FILED MAY BE OBTAINED.

 

Greene Concepts, Inc.

13195 U.S. Highway 221 N

Marion, North Carolina, 28752

(559) 434-1000; www.greeneconcepts.com

 

Best Efforts Offering of up to 2,000,000,000 Shares of Common Stock

Greene Concepts, Inc. (which we refer to as “our company,” “we,” “our” and “us”) is offering up to two billion (2,000,000,000) shares of its Common Stock at a fixed offering price of $0.0015 per share.  The aggregate amount of gross proceeds we are seeking to raise is three million dollars ($3,000,000). There is no minimum number of shares that must be sold in order to close this offering and thus no escrow account is being utilized. See “Plan of Distribution” beginning on page 17 and “Securities Being Offered” beginning on page 37.

Our Common Stock  is quoted on the OTC Pink Market maintained by OTC Markets Group Inc., under the trading symbol “INKW” and the closing bid price of our Common Stock on September 16, 2019 was $0.0056. Our Common Stock currently trades on a sporadic and limited basis. Our board of directors used its business judgment in setting a value of $0.0015 per share to our company as consideration for the stock to be issued in this offering. The purchase price per share bears no relationship to our book value or any other measure of our current value or worth.

The proposed sale of our Common Stock in this offering will begin as soon as practicable after this offering statement has been qualified by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and the relevant state regulators, as necessary. This offering will terminate at the earlier of: (1) the date on which the maximum offering amount has been sold, (2) the date which is one year after this offering has been qualified by the SEC or (3) the date on which this offering is earlier terminated by us in our sole discretion.

This offering is being conducted on a “best efforts” basis pursuant to Regulation A of Section 3(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for Tier 1 offerings and there is no minimum offering amount. We plan to hold a series of closings at which we and investors will execute subscription documents, we will receive the funds from investors and issue the shares to investors. See “Plan of Distribution” and “Securities Being Offered” for a description of our capital stock.

    Price to Public   Underwriting Discount and Commissions(1)   Proceeds to Issuer(2)   Proceeds to Other Persons
Per share   $ 0.0015     $ 0     $ 0.0015     $ 0  
Total Maximum   $ 3,000,000     $ 0     $ 3,000,000     $ 0  

 

(1) We do not intend to use commissioned sales agents or underwriters.

 

 
 
(2) The amounts shown are before deducting offering costs to us, which include legal, accounting, printing, due diligence, marketing, consulting, selling and other costs incurred in this offering.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this offering circular and future filings after this offering.

Investing in this offering involves a high degree of risk, and you should not invest unless you can afford to lose your entire investment. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 7 for a discussion of certain risks that you should consider in connection with an investment in our securities.

Generally, no sale may be made to you in this offering if the aggregate purchase price you pay is more than 10% of the greater of your annual income or your net worth. Different rules apply to accredited investors and non-natural persons. Before making any representation that your investment does not exceed applicable thresholds, we encourage you to review Rule 251(d)(2)(i)(C) of Regulation A. For general information on investing, we encourage you to refer to www.investor.gov.

THE U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OF OR GIVE ITS APPROVAL TO ANY SECURITIES OFFERED OR THE TERMS OF THE OFFERING, NOR DOES IT PASS UPON THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY OFFERING CIRCULAR OR OTHER SOLICITATION MATERIALS. THESE SECURITIES ARE OFFERED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION WITH THE COMMISSION; HOWEVER, THE COMMISSION HAS NOT MADE AN INDEPENDENT DETERMINATION THAT THE SECURITIES OFFERED ARE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

This offering circular is following the offering circular format described in Part II (a)(1)(i) of Form 1-A.

The approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public is October 2, 2019.

 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Summary 1
Risk Factors 7
Dilution 15
Plan of Distribution 17
Use of Proceeds 20
Description of Business 21
Description of Property 26
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 27
Directors, Executive Officers and Significant Employees 32
Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers 33
Security Ownership of Management and Certain Securityholders 34
Interest of Management and Others in Certain Transactions 34
Securities Being Offered 35
Legal Matters 41
Interests of Named Experts and Counsel 41
Where You Can Find More Information 41
Financial Statements F-1

THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR MAY CONTAIN FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION RELATING TO, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE COMPANY, ITS BUSINESS PLAN AND STRATEGY, AND ITS INDUSTRY. THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE BASED ON THE BELIEFS OF, ASSUMPTIONS MADE BY, AND INFORMATION CURRENTLY AVAILABLE TO THE COMPANY’S MANAGEMENT. WHEN USED IN THE OFFERING MATERIALS, THE WORDS “ESTIMATE,” “PROJECT,” “BELIEVE,” “ANTICIPATE,” “INTEND,” “EXPECT” AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS ARE INTENDED TO IDENTIFY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. THESE STATEMENTS REFLECT MANAGEMENT’S CURRENT VIEWS WITH RESPECT TO FUTURE EVENTS AND ARE SUBJECT TO RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES THAT COULD CAUSE THE COMPANY’S ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE CONTAINED IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. INVESTORS ARE CAUTIONED NOT TO PLACE UNDUE RELIANCE ON THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH SPEAK ONLY AS OF THE DATE ON WHICH THEY ARE MADE.

We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, our securities only in jurisdictions where such offers and sales are permitted. You should rely only on the information contained in this offering circular. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than the information contained in this offering circular. The information contained in this offering circular is accurate only as of its date, regardless of the time of its delivery or of any sale or delivery of our securities. Neither the delivery of this offering circular nor any sale or delivery of our securities shall, under any circumstances, imply that there has been no change in our affairs since the date of this offering circular. This offering circular will be updated and made available for delivery to the extent required by the federal securities laws.

 

 

 

 
 

SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this offering circular. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding to invest in our securities. You should read this entire offering circular carefully, including the “Risk Factors” section, our historical financial statements and the notes thereto, each included elsewhere in this offering circular.

Our Company

Overview

Our company name is Greene Concepts, Inc. We are headquartered in Marion, North Carolina. We are a New York corporation that was incorporated on August 18, 1952 and previously operated as Tech-OHM Resistor Corporation, Tech-OHM Electronics, Inc., International Citrus Corporation, Princeton Commercial Holdings, Inc., Eurowind Energy, Inc., First Petroleum and Pipeline Inc., and Luke Entertainment, Inc. Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Mammoth Ventures Inc., or Mammoth, we are a bottling and beverage company committed to providing the world with high quality, healthy, and enhanced beverage choices. Our beverage and bottling facility is located in Marion, North Carolina. The facility is a 55,000 square foot bottling and beverage plant that is located within the boundaries of the Pisgah National Forest. The bottling facility has as its water sources a combination of seven (7) spring and artesian wells that are fed from a natural aquifer that is located deep below the Pisgah National Forest. We are focused on producing a variety of beverage product lines including, but not limited to, spring and artesian water, cannabinoid, or CBD, infused beverages, pH balanced water and beverage offerings, as well as enhanced athletic drinks in addition to other product offerings. Additionally, Mammoth will act as a third-party producer and bottler of "white label" beverage and water products. White label bottling services are provided for clients that desire to market their own product formulations, brand name and labeling while outsourcing the production and bottling of their products to Mammoth.

Before acquiring our Marion, North Carolina bottling facility on December 24, 2018, we operated our legacy business, which was the manufacture and distribution of a line of 25 high quality consumer focused inkjet kits. On April 30, 2019, our board of directors made a determination to wind down our legacy business and to transition into the beverage and bottling business.

On February 6, 2019, we entered into a Stock Purchase Acquisition Agreement and Merger Agreement and Promissory Note Agreement with BNL Capital LLC, or BNL Capital. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, BNL Capital agreed to sell 100% of the outstanding shares of Mammoth to us for a purchase price of $1,350,000. Mammoth owns the business formerly referred to as “North Cove Springs Bottling and Beverage,” which includes the Marion, North Carolina bottling facility and related assets. We financed the acquisition through a secured promissory note in the amount of $1,350,000 in favor of BNL Capital. The promissory note was secured by 100% of the outstanding shares of Mammoth that are owned by our company. See “Description of Business – Terms of Acquisition of Our Bottling Facility” for a description of the terms of our acquisition of the facility.

Upon acquiring Mammoth, we began the process of performing required maintenance to revitalize all the equipment and facility infrastructure in order to relaunch production at the plant. At the time of the acquisition all of the plant equipment was in good condition though the equipment did require a thorough inspection and light maintenance to assure proper operation when the bottling lines are relaunched. At the time of the acquisition, we hired, Kenneth Porter, a 30+ year veteran of the beverage and bottling industry as plant manager to oversee operations as well as the revitalization and relaunch of the facility.

The Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, requires adherence to current good manufacturing practice, or CGMP, regulations for the processing and bottling of bottled drinking water, which includes facility inspection and documentation of corrective measures and reporting requirements, as well as new requirements for hazard assessments and food safety, or HACCP, plans mandated by the Food Safety and Modernization Act, or FSMA. Final preparations for inspection are underway, including building and facility maintenance such as pressure washing, painting, general cleaning, and minor building repairs.

In addition to complete cleaning and maintenance of the 55,000 square foot facility, standard operating policies and procedures must be documented in accordance with federal legislation. This documentation includes conducting and reporting of microbial testing of source water and any finished product, which must be completed prior to initiating filling and packaging of bottles for shipment from our production lines.

  1  

 

 

In concert with the coordination of the final preparations for inspection and the launching of production, we are presently working with a number of distributors and retailers to presale orders for production once the plant is fully operational. We expect to relaunch the plant in the fourth quarter of 2019.

Since our inception we operated different businesses under different names before changing our name to Greene Concepts, Inc. and engaging in our legacy business.

Our Industry

Consumers are consistently switching from carbonated drinks to water and healthy energy drinks. As a result, the beverage market has seen increased demand for enhanced water and other functional drinks. Overall, rapid urbanization, along with widening base of the middle-class population, has increased the demand for a variety of healthy beverages.

This higher demand for water and functional beverages has benefited the packaging industry. Moreover, increasing consumer demand for quality products, made from organic and naturally sourced ingredients, requires science-based formulations of effective products in the beverage industry. These factors have created growth potential for beverage packaging service providers who have the expertise and knowledge required to create successful products in an increasingly discerning market.

Modor Intelligence predicts the global beverage packaging market to grow at a compounded annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 4.17% and reach a value of $142.28 billion by 2023. Currently, North America accounts for the largest market share, poised to reach $28.84 billion by 2023. According to Statistica, revenue in the US bottled water segment along amounts to US$67.5 billion in 2019 and is expected to grow annually by 5.5% (CAGR 2019-2023).

The International Bottled Water Association (IBWA), and the Beverage Marketing Corporation (BMC), reports bottled water volume grew to 13.2 billion gallons in 2017 to 13.8 13.7 gallons in 2018 , an almost five percent increase over the previous year (as compared to more than 6% growth in 2017). This growth is fueled in large part by increased numbers of consumers choosing bottled water instead of soda. Carbonated soft drink sales decreased for the thirteenth consecutive year, according to the most recent numbers from BMC. BMC statistics show per capita consumption exceeded 42 gallons of bottled water, a 6.2 percent increase and the average annual intake of carbonated soft drinks has declined to 37.5 gallons. BMC foresees bottled water consumption will climb higher than 50 gallons per capita within just a few years. According to BMC, nearly all Americans (94 percent) believe that bottled water is a healthier choice than soft drinks, and 93 percent say bottled water should be available wherever drinks are sold.

The shift away from sugary drinks is having a dramatic impact on sales of functional beverages. The global functional drinks market size is expected to reach USD 93.68 billion by 2019, according to a new study by Grand View Research, Inc., progressing at a CAGR of 6.1% during the forecast period. Per Grand View Research, the global functional drink market is anticipated to reach $93.68 billion in 2019, at a CAGR of 6.1%. According to the Grand View Report, four players hold 55.2% of this market. Functional beverages include energy drinks and sports drinks, and nutritional drinks, In 2014, energy drinks represented almost 56% of all functional beverage sales. Ibis World reports, over the past five years, the US energy drink production industry has grown by 5.2% to reach revenue of $9 billion in 2018. The energy drinks market is forecast to register a CAGR of 3.6% till 2023, whereas, the sports drinks market will grow at a CAGR of 4.3% during the same period.

In contrast to the energy and sports drink categories, functional drinks with nutraceutical formulations are designed to support consumer desire for establishing healthy lifestyle routines. Often formulated using herbs, botanicals, vitamins and minerals, these beverages are designed to support digestive wellness, reduce stress and improve sleep, as examples. They are often sold as dietary supplements, and subject to additional regulation by the FDA. As a result, they are sold at a higher price point. Netherlands-based Innova Market Insights, in its 2017 “Functional Drinks” reports 30.5 percent of all functional drink launches were vitamin/mineral fortified, while 22.8 percent contained high amounts of protein. Rounding out the Top 5 were energy/alertness (20 percent), digestive/gut health (19 percent), and antioxidants (12.7 percent).

We believe that the growth in bottled water and other healthy beverages and away from carbonated or sugary beverages will create opportunities for our company. We also believe that recent market trends for will continue to grow as federal and state regulation is for hemp derived CBD products is codified. The CBD market now stands at $1.01 trillion with forecasts calling for it to grow to $22 billion by 2022. Many analysts are calling for 20% or more of that growth to occur in the CBD infused beverage space. This trend, plus the opportunity presented by the US private label beverage market, which, according to Technavio, will have a revenue of almost USD 140 billion by 2021, are expected by management to fuel growth of our bottling and distribution business for years to come.

  2  

 

 

Our Products

Our bottling facility is not yet operational, and we have not begun selling any products yet.

We expect that our future products will include:

· Enhanced spring and artesian water;
· Functional beverages and liquid dietary supplements for a variety of market needs, including, but not limited to, pH balanced water, enhanced athletic drinks;
· CBD infused beverages; and
· Beverages that meet the nutritional needs for unique defined populations and health conditions.

We also plan to operate as a third-party producer and bottler of "white label" beverage and water products once our facility is fully licensed and becomes operational.

Our Production

We plan to produce our future products at our 55,000 square foot bottling and beverage plant that is located within the boundaries of the Pisgah National Forest in Marion, North Carolina. The bottling facility has as its water sources a combination of seven (7) spring and artesian wells that are fed from a natural aquifer that is located deep below the Pisgah National Forest. We are focused on producing a variety of beverage product lines including, but not limited to spring and artesian water, cannabinoid, or CBD, infused beverages, pH balanced water and beverage offerings, as well as enhanced athletic drinks in addition to other product offerings.

Since we will not rely on independent third-party bottles to manufacture and market our products, we believe we can more effectively manage quality control and consumer appeal while responding quickly to changing market conditions. We expect that we will produce substantially all of the concentrates and essences used in our future branded products. We believe that our ability to control our own formulas in the future will allow us to craft products in a uniform manner with high quality standards while innovating flavors to meet changing consumer preferences.

Our Distribution

Given our particular interest and expertise in the natural health, organic and dietary supplement arenas, our primary distribution systems will utilize the fresh, natural and organic wholesale food distributors and representatives. Distribution will be targeted to independent natural food retailers and large box stores through both independent warehouse distribution system and direct-store delivery system. ‘White label’ products will utilize customer shipping and qualified independent shipping companies for direct delivery to the convenience channels. At this time, we do not have plans to distribute through food service industry.

Sales and Marketing

We plan to sell and market our products through an internal sales force as well as networks of brokers. 

We will seek to reach consumers directly through digital marketing, digital social marketing, social media engagement and creative content. Our marketing efforts will be focused on increasing our digital presence and capabilities to further enhance the consumer experience across our future brands. We may retain agencies to assist with social media content creative and platform selection for our brands.

Additionally, we expect that we will create brand recognition and loyalty through a combination of regional event participation, special event marketing, endorsements, consumer coupon distribution and product sampling.

More specifically, we expect to use the following techniques to market our product offerings and attract customers:

· Attending Trade and Other Events: We will attend these events in order to create awareness of our brand/ products and develop relationships with potential commercial customers. The potential customers will then be followed up in order to convert them into regular customers for whom we can provide white label services.

 

 

  3  

 

 

 

· Signboards and Billboards Marketing

 ·

Printing and Distributing Brochures and Flyers
· Search Engine Optimization (SEO) of our Website: SEO will be employed as it will bring our website at the top positions in natural search queries on widely used search engines like Google and Bing.
· CRM Software: We plan to utilize client relationship management, or CRM, software to offer materials, such as free guides or informative materials, ready to be downloaded in exchange of contact details. The software will then automatically send marketing materials to available contacts in order to convert them into customers.
· Google AdWords: We will start different campaigns including text-based search ads, graphic display ads, and YouTube video ads in order to reach our targeted audience(s) with AdWords.
· Social Media Marketing
· Word of Mouth/ Recommendations
· Referral Marketing: Referrals is one of the most valuable assets for our company. We will add our customers to a special, dedicated group and give them benefits on referring us to others.

Raw Materials

The products that we expect to produce and sell will be packaged in various materials suitable for cold pack beverages, including aluminum, glass, paper and plastic bottles, including recyclable and reusable containers. Ingredients for our functional beverage lines will include minerals, vitamins, herbs and botanicals, as well as flavors and naturally derived sweeteners. Ingredients will be sourced from cGMP compliant companies who are committed to transparency and traceability relating to origin, identify, testing and quality. Certifications for gluten-free, Kosher, Organic and other relevant ingredient criteria will be required on an as-needed basis. The majority of materials and ingredients we will purchase will be presently available from several suppliers. However, our specialized approach to formulation and quality standards may result in reduced availability of some ingredients due to weather, governmental controls or price/supply fluctuations, which would lead to price fluctuations. Therefore, we expect to clearly delineate our supply program qualifications and enroll suppliers in our own supplier program to ensure continued access to the ingredients we seek for production.

Seasonality

We expect that our operating results will not be materially affected by seasonal factors, including fluctuations in costs of raw materials, holiday and seasonal programming and weather conditions. Our products are “functional” beverages chosen by consumers who ascribe to a certain lifestyle, and as such we do not expect our products to be impacted by seasonal factors.

Our Competition and Competitive Strengths

Our products will compete with many varieties of liquid refreshment, including water products, soft drinks, juices, fruit drinks, energy drinks and sports drinks, as well as powdered drinks, coffees, teas, dairy-based drinks, functional beverages and various other nonalcoholic beverages. We will also compete with bottlers and distributors of national, regional and private label products. Several competitors, including those that dominate the beverage industry, such as Nestlé S.A., PepsiCo and The Coca-Cola Company, have greater financial resources than we have and aggressive promotion of their products may adversely affect sales of our brands.

The principal methods of competition in the beverage industry are price and promotional activity, advertising and marketing programs, point-of-sale merchandising, retail space management, customer service, product differentiation, packaging innovations and distribution methods. We believe we will be able to differentiate ourselves in the following ways:

· Formulations of products for specific, targeted audiences who have unique health and exercise requirements
· Infusion of ingredients with strong science and documentation of effectiveness to address specific health and wellness needs

 ·

Utilization of ingredients sourced from quality companies committed to our quality standards
· Access to research opportunities and outcomes to support our growing family of functions beverages

 ·

Unique regulatory capacity that ensures brands and stores are selling product that meets the standards of states and governments
· Access to industry stakeholders, influencers and high-profile consumers who can provide third-party endorsement of our products.

Our Growth Strategies

We expect that our first product will be spring water and that we will white label our spring water for third parties.  Although we are in negotiations with third parties for the white label of our expected first product (spring water) we have not yet received any purchase orders or entered into any contracts for the sale of this product because our facility is not yet fully licensed.  We expect licensing to be complete on or before the fourth quarter of 2019 and to launch our white label spring water sometime thereafter in the fourth quarter of 2019.  Following the launch of our first product, we will be working on the development of other products and expect to launch other products in 2020.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 13195 U.S. Highway 221 N, Marion, North Carolina, 28752 and our telephone number is (559) 434-1000. We maintain a website at www.greeneconcepts.com. Information available on our website is not incorporated by reference in and is not deemed a part of this offering circular.

  4  

 

 

 

 

The offering

 

Securities being offered:   Up to 2,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001, for a maximum offering amount of $3,000,000.
     
Offering price per share:   $0.0015 per share.
     
Minimum subscription:   The minimum subscription amount is $100, but we may waive such minimum amount in our sole discretion.
     
Shares outstanding before the offering:   723,112,467 shares of Common Stock and 12,085,500 shares of Preferred Class A Stock.
   
Shares outstanding after the offering:   Assuming this offering is fully funded, there will be 2,723,112,467 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding and 12,085,500 shares of Preferred Class A Stock issued and outstanding.
   
Best efforts offering:   We are offering shares on a “best efforts” basis through our Chief Executive Officer, Ms. Howard, who will not receive any discounts or commissions for selling the shares. There is no minimum number of shares that must be sold in order to close this offering.
     
Restrictions on investment amount:   Generally, no sale may be made to you in this offering if the aggregate purchase price you pay is more than 10% of the greater of your annual income or net worth. Different rules apply to accredited investors and non-natural persons. Before making any representation that your investment does not exceed applicable thresholds, we encourage you to review Rule 251(d)(2)(i)(c) of Regulation A. For general information on investing, we encourage you to refer to www.investor.gov.
     
No Escrow account:   We have not engaged an escrow agent for this offering.  Funds invested will be deposited directly into our company’s operating account and immediately available for our use.  
     
Termination of the offering:   This offering will commence as soon as practicable after this offering statement has been qualified by the SEC and will terminate at the earlier of: (1) the date on which the maximum offering amount has been sold, (2) the date which is one year after this offering has been qualified by the SEC or (3) the date on which this offering is earlier terminated by us in our sole discretion.
     
Use of proceeds:  

We estimate that, at a per share price of $0.0015, the net proceeds from the sale of the 2,000,000,000 shares in this offering will be approximately $2,947,000, after deducting the estimated offering expenses of approximately $53,000.

 

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for working capital expenses. See “Use of Proceeds” for details.

   
Market for our Common Stock:   Our Common Stock is currently quoted on the OTC Pink Market under the trading symbol “INKW”.
     
Risk factors:   Investing in our securities involves risks. See the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this offering circular and other information included in this offering circular for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our securities.

 

  5  

 

 

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our shares involves a significant degree of risk. In evaluating our company and an investment in the shares, careful consideration should be given to the following risk factors, in addition to the other information included in this offering circular. Each of these risk factors could materially adversely affect our business, operating results or financial condition, as well as adversely affect the value of an investment in our shares. The following is a summary of the most significant factors that make this offering speculative or substantially risky. We are still subject to all the same risks that all companies in our industry, and all companies in the economy, are exposed to. These include risks relating to economic downturns, political and economic events and technological developments (such as cyber-security). Additionally, early-stage companies are inherently riskier than more developed companies. You should consider general risks as well as specific risks when deciding whether to invest.

Risks Related to our Business, Operating Results and Industry

Our bottling facility is not yet operational, and we do not yet have all of the licenses we will require to operate our facility. A failure to obtain such licenses or any significant delays in our budgeted time for the commencement of operations will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and prospects.

Upon acquiring the Marion, North Carolina bottling facility, Mammoth began the process of performing required maintenance to revitalize all the equipment and facility infrastructure in order to relaunch production at the plant. At the time of the acquisition all of the plant the equipment required a thorough inspection and light maintenance to assure proper operation when the bottling lines are relaunched. We continue the process of maintaining our equipment and getting our facility ready for operation. The Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, requires adherence to current good manufacturing practice, or CGMP, regulations for the processing and bottling of bottled drinking water, which includes facility inspection and documentation of corrective measures and reporting requirements, as well as new requirements for hazard assessments and food safety, or HACCP, plans mandated by the Food Safety and Modernization Act, or FSMA. Final preparations for inspection are underway, including building and facility maintenance such as pressure washing, painting, general cleaning, and minor building repairs. No assurance can be given that we will be able to pass such governmental inspections within our expected timeframe. Any delays in completing required inspections could delay the commencement of our operations, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial conditions and prospects.

In addition to complete cleaning and maintenance of the 55,000 square foot facility, standard operating policies and procedures must be documented in accordance with federal legislation. This documentation includes conducting and reporting of microbial testing of source water and any finished product, which must be completed prior to initiating filling and packaging of bottles for shipment from our production lines. Delays in documenting our standard operating policies and procedures in accordance with federal legislation could similarly delay the commencement of our operations and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and prospects.

We have more than $400,000 in convertible debt outstanding and some of such debt is already in default or about to go into default. If the holders of such debt bring a legal action against us either in bankruptcy or otherwise, our financial condition and future prospects would be materially adversely affected.

We provide a detailed table of our outstanding convertible notes in this offering circular under “Securities Being Offered – Convertible Notes.” Such table provides the maturity date of each of our outstanding convertible notes among other information. At least one such note in the principal amount of $15,000 has already matured. Several other notes will mature over the next few months. Accordingly, we are in default under the matured note and the holder of the note could bring an action against our company for its failure to pay the note when due. We have obtained the non-binding verbal agreement of the noteholder to forbear against bringing any such action against us for a period expiring at the earliest on April 30, 2020. However, no assurance can be given that such holder will abide by his nonbinding verbal agreement. In addition, several convertible notes held by Bradley Wilson come due over the next few months. Mr. Wilson has similarly agreed (non-binding verbal agreement) to forbear against bringing any action against us for a period expiring at the earliest on April 30, 2020. No assurance can be given that either holder of our notes will forbear until April 30, 2020. Each such holder has the right to bring an action against us immediately and may be able to bring an action in bankruptcy court against us. Any such legal action would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, operations, and future prospects.

We will need additional financing to execute our business plan which we may not be able to secure on acceptable terms, or at all.

We will require additional financing in the near and long term to fully execute our business plan. Our success depends on our ability to raise such additional financing on reasonable terms and on a timely basis. Conditions in the economy and the financial markets may make it more difficult for us to obtain necessary additional capital or financing on acceptable terms, or at all. If we cannot secure sufficient additional financing, we may be forced to forego strategic opportunities or delay, scale back or eliminate further development of our goals and objectives, operations and investments or employ internal cost savings measures.

  6  

 

In order for us to compete and grow, we must attract, recruit, retain and develop the necessary personnel who have the needed experience.

Recruiting and retaining highly qualified personnel is critical to our success. These demands may require us to hire additional personnel and will require our existing management personnel to develop additional expertise. We face intense competition for personnel. The failure to attract and retain personnel or to develop such expertise could delay or halt the sales and licensing of our product. If we experience difficulties in hiring and retaining personnel in key positions, we could suffer from delays in our development, loss of customers and sales and diversion of management resources, which could adversely affect operating results. Our future consultants and advisors may be employed by third parties and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with third parties that may limit their availability to us.

Quality management plays an essential role in determining and meeting customer requirements, preventing defects, improving our products and services and maintaining the integrity of the data that supports the safety and efficacy of our products.

Our future success depends on our ability to maintain and continuously improve our quality management program. An inability to address a quality or safety issue in an effective and timely manner may also cause negative publicity, a loss of customer confidence in us or our current or future products, which may result in the loss of sales and difficulty in successfully launching new products. In addition, a successful claim brought against us in excess of available insurance or not covered by indemnification agreements, or any claim that results in significant adverse publicity against us, could have an adverse effect on our business and our reputation.

Our success depends on the services of our Chief Executive Officer, the loss of whom could disrupt our business.

We depend to a large extent on the services of our founder and CEO, Ms. Karen Howard. Given her knowledge and experience, she is important to our future prospects and development as we rely on her expertise in developing our business strategies and maintaining our operations. The loss of the service of Ms. Howard and the failure to find timely replacements with comparable experience and expertise could disrupt and adversely affect our business.

Although dependent on certain key personnel, we do not have any key person life insurance policies on any such people.

We are dependent on Karen Howard in order to conduct our operations and execute its business plan, however, we have not purchased any insurance policies with respect to her in the event of her death or disability. Therefore, if Karen Howard dies or becomes disabled, we will not receive any compensation to assist with her absence. The loss of Karen Howard could negatively affect us and our operations.

We face significant competition for our beverage and bottling business.

The commercial beverage and bottling industry is highly competitive and we compete with a number of other companies that provide similar products. Our ability to compete successfully in the commercial beverage industry and to manage our planned growth will depend primarily upon the following factors:

· maintaining continuity in our management and key personnel;
· ability to react to competitive product and pricing pressures;
· the strength of our brand;
· the ability to expand into specialized bottling, including carbonated beverages, unique sizes and shapes;
· increasing the productivity of our future sales employees;
· effectively marketing and selling our products;
· acquiring new customers for our products;
· ability to respond to complaints if necessary;
· developing and improving our operational, financial and management controls;
· developing and improving our information reporting systems and procedures; and
· the design and functionality of our products.
  7  

 

Many of our competitors have greater financial, technical, product development, marketing and other resources than we do. These organizations may be better known than we are and may have more customers or users than we do. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to compete successfully against these organizations, which may lead to lower customer satisfaction, decreased demand for our solutions, loss of market share or reduction of operating profits.

The forecasts of market growth included in this offering circular may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, we cannot assure you our business will grow at similar rates, if at all.

Growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. The forecasts contained in this offering circular may prove to be inaccurate. Even if these markets experience the forecasted growth described in this offering circular, we may not grow our business at similar rates, or at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the forecasts of market growth included in this offering circular should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

Reductions in future sales of our products will have an adverse effect on our profitability and ability to generate cash to fund our business plan.

The following factors, among others, could affect future market acceptance and profitability of our products:

· the introduction of additional competitive or alternative beverage products or white label bottlers;
· changes in consumer preferences among commercial beverages products;
· changes in awareness of the environmental impact of commercial beverages products;
· the level and effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts;
· any unfavorable publicity regarding our products or services;
· any unfavorable publicity regarding our future brands;
· litigation or threats of litigation with respect to our future products or services;
· the price of our products or services compared to those of our competitors;
· price increases resulting from rising commodity costs;
· regulatory developments affecting the manufacturing or marketing of our products;
· any changes in government policies and practices related to our products; and
· new science or research or regulatory barriers that impede the development of our future CBD products.

Adverse developments with respect to the manufacturing or sale of our products would significantly reduce our net sales and profitability and have a material adverse effect on our ability to maintain profitability and achieve our business plan.

We will rely on other companies to provide materials for our products.

We will depend on suppliers and subcontractors to meet our contractual obligations to our future customers and conduct our operations. Our ability to meet our obligations to our customers may be adversely affected if suppliers or subcontractors do not provide the agreed-upon supplies or perform the agreed-upon services in compliance with customer requirements and in a timely and cost-effective manner. Likewise, the quality of our future products may be adversely impacted if companies from whom we acquire such items do not provide materials which meet required specifications and perform to our and our customers’ expectations. Our distributors and suppliers may be less likely than us to be able to quickly recover from natural disasters and other events beyond their control and may be subject to additional risks such as financial problems that limit their ability to conduct their operations. The risk of these adverse effects may be greater in circumstances where we may rely on only one or two distributors or suppliers for a particular material.

We plan to source certain materials from a number of third-party suppliers and, in some cases, single-source suppliers.

Although we believe that alternative suppliers will be available, the loss of any of our future material suppliers could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Our inability to preserve the expected economics of these agreements could expose us to significant cost increases in future years.

Substantial disruption to a future distributors’ or suppliers’ manufacturing facilities could occur.

A disruption in production at a future distributors’ or suppliers’ manufacturing facilities could have an adverse effect on our business. The disruption could occur for many reasons, including fire, natural disasters, weather, water scarcity, manufacturing problems, disease, strikes, transportation or supply interruption, government regulation, cybersecurity attacks or terrorism. Alternative facilities with sufficient capacity or capabilities may not be available, may cost substantially more

  8  

 

or may take a significant amount of time to start production, each of which could negatively affect our business and results of operations.

Increased costs could affect our company.

An increase in the cost of raw materials could affect our profitability. Commodity and other price changes may result in unexpected increases in the cost of raw materials and other materials used by us. We may also be adversely affected by shortages of raw materials. In addition, energy cost increases could result in higher transportation, freight and other operating costs. We may not be able to increase our prices to offset these increased costs without suffering reduced volume, sales and operating profit, and this could have an adverse effect on your investment.

Any disruption in our information systems could disrupt our future operations and could adversely impact our business and results of operations.

We plan to depend on various information systems to support our customers’ requirements and to successfully manage our business, including managing orders, supplies, accounting controls and payroll. Any inability to successfully manage the procurement, development, implementation or execution of our information systems and back-up systems, including matters related to system security, reliability, performance and access, as well as any inability of these systems to fulfill their intended purpose within our business, could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Such disruptions may not be covered by our business interruption insurance, insurance that we plan to but have not yet obtained.

Manufacturing or design defects, unanticipated use of our products, or inadequate disclosure of risks relating to the use of the products can lead to injury or other adverse events.

These events could lead to recalls or safety alerts relating to our products (either voluntary or required by governmental authorities) and could result, in certain cases, in the removal of a product from the market. Any recall could result in significant costs as well as negative publicity that could reduce demand for our products. Personal injuries relating to the use of our products can also result in product liability claims being brought against us. In some circumstances, such adverse events could also cause delays in new product approvals. Similarly, negligence in performing our services can lead to injury or other adverse events.

We will need to increase brand awareness.

Due to a variety of factors, our opportunity to achieve and maintain a significant market share may be limited. Developing and maintaining awareness of our brand name, among other factors, is critical. Further, the importance of brand recognition will increase as competition in our market increases. Successfully promoting and positioning our brand, products and services will depend largely on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts. Therefore, we may need to increase our financial commitment to creating and maintaining brand awareness. If we fail to successfully promote our brand name or if we incur significant expenses promoting and maintaining our brand name, it would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our future advertising and marketing efforts may be costly and may not achieve desired results.

We plan to incur substantial expense in connection with our advertising and marketing efforts. Although we plan to target our advertising and marketing efforts on current and potential customers who we believe are likely to be in the market for the products we plan to sell, we cannot assure you that our advertising and marketing efforts will achieve our desired results. In addition, we will periodically adjust our advertising expenditures in an effort to optimize the return on such expenditures. Any decrease in the level of our advertising expenditures, which may be made to optimize such return could adversely affect our sales.

We expect our future intellectual property rights will be critical to our success, and the loss of such rights may materially adversely affect our business.

We expect to own trademarks as we launch new products in the future. We expect that these trademarks will be very important to our business. We may also own copyright in, and to, the content on the packaging of our products. We view these future intellectual property rights as very important to our potential success and plan to protect such intellectual property through registration and enforcement actions. However, there can be no assurance that other parties will not infringe or misappropriate our future trademarks, copyrights and similar proprietary rights. If we lose some or all of our future intellectual property rights, our business may be materially adversely affected.

  9  

 

We plan to obtain insurance that may not provide adequate levels of coverage against claims.

We have obtained commercial product liability insurance that covers us for up to $1,400,000 in overall damages and $1,000,000 per occurrence. This policy also covers us for general liability for up to $500,000 for damages to equipment and property. However, there are types of losses we may incur that cannot be insured against or that we believe are not economically reasonable to insure. Such losses could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Changes in laws and regulations relating to beverage containers and packaging could increase our costs and reduce demand for our products.

We expect that our initial products will involve nonrefillable recyclable containers in the United States. Legal requirements have been enacted in various jurisdictions in the United States and overseas requiring that deposits or certain ecotaxes or fees be charged in connection with the sale, marketing and use of certain beverage containers. Other proposals relating to beverage container deposits, recycling, tethered bottle caps, ecotax and/or product stewardship have been introduced in various jurisdictions in the United States and overseas, and we anticipate that similar legislation or regulations may be proposed in the future at local, state and federal levels, both in the United States and elsewhere. Consumers' increased concerns and changing attitudes about solid waste streams and environmental responsibility and the related publicity could result in the adoption of such legislation or regulations. If these types of requirements are adopted and implemented on a large scale in any of the major markets in which we operate, they could affect our costs or require changes in our distribution model, which could reduce our net operating revenues and profitability.

Significant additional labeling or warning requirements or limitations on the marketing or sale of our products may inhibit sales of affected products.

Various jurisdictions may seek to adopt significant additional product labeling or warning requirements or limitations on the marketing or sale of our products as a result of what they contain or allegations that they cause adverse health effects. If these types of requirements become applicable to one or more of our major products under current or future environmental or health laws or regulations, they may inhibit sales of such products.

For example, under one such law in California, known as Proposition 65, if the state has determined that a substance causes cancer or harms human reproduction, a warning must be provided for any product sold in the state that exposes consumers to that substance, unless the exposure falls under an established safe harbor level. If we were required to add Proposition 65 warnings on the labels of one or more of our beverage products produced for sale in California, the resulting consumer reaction to the warnings and possible adverse publicity could negatively affect our sales both in California and in other markets.

Any potential growth in the cannabis or cannabidiol-related industries continues to be subject to new and changing state and local laws and regulations.

Our future CBD products will be made from Hemp Finished Products. Under 21 U.S.C. § 802(16), the seeds (incapable of germination) and the mature stalks of the Cannabis sativa plant, together with products made from these parts, are known as Hemp Finished Products and are exempted from the definition of cannabis and are legal. Continued development of the cannabis and cannabidiol related industries is dependent upon continued legislative legalization of cannabis and cannabidiol related products at the state level, and a number of factors could slow or halt progress in this area, even where there is public support for legislative action. Any delay or halt in the passing or implementation of legislation for the re-criminalization or restriction of cannabidiol at the state level could negatively impact our business because of the perception that it is related to cannabidiol. Additionally, changes in applicable state and local laws or regulations could restrict the products and services we plan to offer or impose additional compliance costs on us or our customers. Violations of applicable laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our business and result in a material adverse effect on our operations. We cannot predict the nature of any future laws, regulations, interpretations or applications, and it is possible that regulations may be enacted in the future that will have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to income taxes as well as non-income-based taxes, such as payroll, sales, use, value-added, net worth, property and goods and services taxes, in the U.S.

Significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes and other tax liabilities. In the ordinary course of our business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. Although we believe that our tax estimates are reasonable: (i) there is no assurance that the final determination of tax audits or tax disputes will not be different from what is reflected in our income tax provisions, expense amounts for non-income-based taxes and accruals and (ii) any material differences could have an adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations in the period or periods for which the determination is made.

  10  

 

We are not subject to Sarbanes-Oxley regulations and lack the financial controls and safeguards required of public companies.

We do not have the internal infrastructure necessary, and are not required, to complete an attestation about our financial controls that would be required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. There can be no assurances that there are no significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the quality of our financial controls. We expect to incur additional expenses and diversion of management’s time when it becomes necessary to perform the system and process evaluation, testing and remediation required to comply with the management certification and auditor attestation requirements.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Securities

We have not engaged a third-party bank or financial institution to act as escrow agent. Your funds will be deposited directly into our operating account. Since there is no minimum amount required to be raised by us before we can accept funds, there is no guarantee that any funds other than your own will be invested in this offering.

We have not currently engaged a third-party bank or financial institution to act as escrow agent. Your funds will be placed in our general corporate bank account and immediately available for our use. We are not required to raise any minimum amount in this offering before it may utilize the funds received in this offering. Potential investors should be aware that there is no assurance that any monies beside their own will be invested in this offering.

We will be subject to penny stock regulations and restrictions and you may have difficulty selling shares of our Common Stock.

The SEC has adopted regulations which generally define so-called “penny stocks” to be an equity security that has a market price less than $5.00 per share or an exercise price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exemptions.  We anticipate that our Common Stock will become a “penny stock”, and we will become subject to Rule 15g-9 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or the “Penny Stock Rule.” This rule imposes additional sales practice requirements on broker-dealers that sell such securities to persons other than established customers. For transactions covered by Rule 15g-9, a broker-dealer must make a special suitability determination for the purchaser and have received the purchaser’s written consent to the transaction prior to sale. As a result, this rule may affect the ability of broker-dealers to sell our securities and may affect the ability of purchasers to sell any of our securities in the secondary market.

For any transaction involving a penny stock, unless exempt, the rules require delivery, prior to any transaction in a penny stock, of a disclosure schedule prepared by the SEC relating to the penny stock market. Disclosure is also required to be made about sales commissions payable to both the broker-dealer and the registered representative and current quotations for the securities. Finally, monthly statements are required to be sent disclosing recent price information for the penny stock held in the account and information on the limited market in penny stock.

We do not anticipate that our Common Stock will qualify for exemption from the Penny Stock Rule. In any event, even if our Common Stock were exempt from the Penny Stock Rule, we would remain subject to Section 15(b)(6) of the Exchange Act, which gives the SEC the authority to restrict any person from participating in a distribution of penny stock, if the SEC finds that such a restriction would be in the public interest.

This offering is being conducted on a self-underwritten “best efforts” basis without a minimum and we may not be able to execute our growth strategy if the $5 million maximum is not sold.

If you invest in the Common Stock and less than all of the offered shares are sold, the risk of losing your entire investment will be increased. We are offering our Common Stock on a self-underwritten “best efforts” basis without a minimum, and we can give no assurance that all of the offered Common Stock will be sold. If less than $5 million of Common Stock shares offered are sold, we may be unable to fund all the intended uses described in this offering circular from the net proceeds anticipated from this offering without obtaining funds from alternative sources or using working capital that we generate. Alternative sources of funding may not be available to us at what we consider to be a reasonable cost, and the working capital generated by us may not be sufficient to fund any uses not financed by offering net proceeds. No assurance can be given to you that any funds will be invested in this offering other than your own.

  11  

 

This is a fixed price offering and the fixed offering price may not accurately represent the current value of us or our assets at any particular time. Therefore, the purchase price you pay for our shares may not be supported by the value of our assets at the time of your purchase.

This is a fixed price offering, which means that the offering price for our shares is fixed and will not vary based on the underlying value of our assets at any time.  Our board of directors has determined the offering price in its sole discretion without the input of an investment bank or other third party.  The fixed offering price for our shares has not been based on appraisals of any assets we own or may own, or of our company as a whole, nor do we intend to obtain such appraisals.  Therefore, the fixed offering price established for our shares may not be supported by the current value of our company or our assets at any particular time.

Since our officers and directors have substantial influence over the company, the rights of holders of the securities being offered may be materially limited, diluted, or qualified by the rights of other classes of securities and their interests may not be aligned with the interests of our stockholders.

Our officers and directors have significant control over stockholder matters, and the minority stockholders will have little or no control over our affairs. Our officers and directors will own approximately 2% of our outstanding Common Stock if all of the shares offered herein are sold. The shares offered for sale are exactly the same as the shares of Common Stock that are currently outstanding. Accordingly, our officers and directors will have control over stockholders matters, such as election of director, amendments to our certificate of incorporation, and approval of significant corporate transactions. Furthermore, given the substantial equity interest held by our Chief Executive Officer, she will be able to elect directors who may be in favor of higher executive compensation packages for himself and other officers of our Company than independent directors would be. As a result, our minority stockholders will have little or no control over our affairs.

We may, in the future, issue additional shares of Common Stock, which would reduce investors’ percent of ownership and may dilute our share value.

Our certificate of incorporation authorize the issuance of 3,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock.  As of the date of this offering circular, we had 723,112,467 shares of Common Stock outstanding. Accordingly, we may issue up to an additional 276,887,533 shares of Common Stock after this offering. The future issuance of Common Stock may result in substantial dilution in the percentage of our Common Stock held by our then existing shareholders. We may value any Common Stock issued in the future on an arbitrary basis. The issuance of Common Stock for future services or acquisitions or other corporate actions may have the effect of diluting the value of the shares held by our investors and might have an adverse effect on any trading market for our Common Stock.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering, and our use of the offering proceeds may not yield a favorable return on your investment.

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for working captial. However, our management has broad discretion over how these proceeds are to be used and based on unforeseen technical, commercial or regulatory issues could spend the proceeds in ways with which you may not agree. Moreover, the proceeds may not be invested effectively or in a manner that yields a favorable or any return, and consequently, this could result in financial losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have never paid cash dividends on our stock and we do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have paid no cash dividends on any class of our stock to date and we do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the near term. For the foreseeable future, we intend to retain any earnings to finance the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our stock. Accordingly, investors must be prepared to rely on sales of their shares after price appreciation to earn an investment return, which may never occur. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our shares. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our Board deems relevant.

  12  

 

Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation may make it more difficult for a third party to effect a change-of-control.

Our certificate of incorporation authorize our board of directors to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock. The Preferred Stock may be issued in one or more series, the terms of which may be determined at the time of issuance by our board of directors without further action by the stockholders. These terms may include voting rights including the right to

vote as a series on particular matters, preferences as to dividends and liquidation, conversion rights, redemption rights and sinking fund provisions. The issuance of any Preferred Stock could diminish the rights of holders of existing shares, and therefore could reduce the value of such shares. In addition, specific rights granted to future holders of Preferred Stock could be used to restrict our ability to merge with, or sell assets to, a third party. The ability of our board of directors to issue Preferred Stock could make it more difficult, delay, discourage, prevent or make it costlier to acquire or effect a change-in-control, which in turn could prevent our stockholders from recognizing a gain in the event that a favorable offer is extended and could materially and negatively affect the market price of our Common Stock.

  13  

 

 

DILUTION

Dilution means a reduction in value, control or earnings of the shares the investor owns.

Immediate Dilution

An early-stage company typically sells its shares (or grants options over its shares) to its founders and early employees at a very low cash cost, because they are, in effect, putting their “sweat equity” into the company. When the company seeks cash investments from outside investors, like you, the new investors typically pay a much larger sum for their shares than the founders or earlier investors, which means that the cash value of your stake is diluted because all the shares are worth the same amount, and you paid more than earlier investors for your shares. Dilution may also be caused by pricing securities at a value higher than book value or expenses incurred in this offering.

Purchasers of our shares in this offering will experience an immediate dilution of net tangible book value per share from the public offering price.  Dilution in net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by the purchasers of shares and the net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering.

After giving effect to the sale of all of our shares being offered in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $0.0015 per share and after deducting the estimated offering expenses payable by us, our adjusted net tangible book value at April 30, 2019 would have been $4,568,220, or $0.0012 per share, assuming the sale of the maximum number of shares offered for sale in this offering and the conversion of our preferred stock on a one for 100 basis (but not the conversion of any of our outstanding convertible notes). Assuming the sale of the maximum number of shares offered for sale in this offering, this represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value per share of $0.0003 to the existing stockholders and dilution in net tangible book value per share of $0.0003 to new investors who purchase shares in this offering.

The following table sets forth the estimated net tangible book value per share after this offering and the dilution to persons purchasing shares.

Offering price per share   $ 0.0015  
Net tangible book value per share at April 30, 2019   $ 1,621,220  
Adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering   $ 4,568,220  
Increase in net tangible book value per share to the existing stockholders   $ 0.0003  
Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors   $ 0.0003  

 

The above dilution calculation gives effect to the conversion of our preferred stock, but not to the conversion of our outstanding convertible notes. If our outstanding convertible notes are converted into our Common Stock, you will suffer additional dilution in net tangible book value.

Future Dilution

Another important way of looking at dilution is the dilution that happens due to future actions by our company. The investor’s stake in our company could be diluted due to our issuing additional shares. In other words, when we issue more shares, the percentage of our company that you own will go down, even though the value of our company may go up. You will own a smaller piece of a larger company. This increase in number of shares outstanding could result from a stock offering (such as a public offering, an equity crowdfunding round, a venture capital round or an angel investment), employees exercising stock options, or by conversion of certain instruments (such as convertible bonds, preferred shares or warrants) into stock.

If we decide to issue more shares, an investor could experience value dilution, with each share being worth less than before, and control dilution, with the total percentage an investor owns being less than before. There may also be earnings dilution, with a reduction in the amount earned per share (though this typically occurs only if we offer dividends, and most early stage companies are unlikely to offer dividends, preferring to invest any earnings into the company).

The type of dilution that hurts early-stage investors most occurs when a company sells more shares in a “down round,” meaning at a lower valuation than in earlier offerings. An example of how this might occur is as follows (numbers are for illustrative purposes only):

· In June 2019, an investor invests $20,000 for shares that represent 2% of a company valued at $1 million.
  14  

 

· In December 2019, the company is doing very well and sells $5 million in shares to venture capitalists on a valuation (before the new investment) of $10 million. The investor now owns only 1.3% of the company but the investor’s stake is worth $200,000.
· In June 2020, the company has run into serious problems and in order to stay afloat it raises $1 million at a valuation of only $2 million (the “down round”). The investor now owns only 0.89% of the company and the investor’s stake is worth only $26,660.

This type of dilution might also happen upon conversion of convertible notes into shares. Typically, the terms of convertible notes issued by early-stage companies provide that in the event of another round of financing, the holders of the convertible notes get to convert their notes into equity at a “discount” to the price paid by the new investors, i.e., they get more shares than the new investors would for the same price. Additionally, convertible notes may have a “price cap” on the conversion price, which effectively acts as a share price ceiling. Either way, the holders of the convertible notes get more shares for their money than new investors. In the event that the financing is a “down round,” the holders of the convertible notes will dilute existing equity holders, and even more than the new investors do, because they get more shares for their money. Investors should pay careful attention to the amount of convertible notes that we may issue in the future and the terms of those notes.

If you are making an investment expecting to own a certain percentage of our company or expecting each share to hold a certain amount of value, it’s important to realize how the value of those shares can decrease by actions taken by us. Dilution can make drastic changes to the value of each share, ownership percentage, voting control, and earnings per share.

 

  15  

 

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

This offering relates to the sale of 2,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock.

Initially, we do not plan to use underwriters or pay any commissions. We will be selling our shares of Common Stock using our best efforts and no one has agreed to buy any of our shares of Common Stock. This Offering Circular permits our CEO to sell the shares of Common Stock directly to the public, with no commission or other remuneration payable to her for any shares of Common Stock he may sell. Currently, there is no plan or arrangement to enter into any contracts or agreements to sell the shares of Common Stock through a broker or dealer, although this may change in the future. Our CEO will sell the shares of Common Stock, and intends to offer them to friends, family members and business acquaintances.

There is no minimum amount of shares of Common Stock we must sell so no money raised from the sale of our shares of Common Stock will go into escrow, trust or another similar arrangement.

In the following states we cannot offer or sell our shares of Common Stock unless we register as an issuer dealer: Alabama, Arizona, Florida, Nebraska, Nevada, New Jersey, New York, North Dakota, Texas and Washington. If we wish to offer and sell our shares of Common Stock in these states, we will hire an SEC registered broker-dealer to serve as our placement agent. We may, however, decide to comply with a particular state’s issuer dealer registration requirements, in New York, for example, if we deem it appropriate.

Initially, the shares of Common Stock are being offered by Ms. Karen Howard, the company’s Chief Executive Officer and Ms. Howard will be relying on the safe harbor in Rule 3a4-1 of the Securities Exchange Act to sell the shares of Common Stock. No sales commission will be paid for shares of Common Stock sold by Ms. Howard. Ms. Howard is not subject to a statutory disqualification and is not an associated person of a broker or dealer.

Additionally, Ms. Howard primarily performs substantial duties on behalf of the registrant otherwise than in connection with transactions in securities. Ms. Howard has not been a broker or dealer or an associated person of a broker or dealer within the preceding 12 months and she has not participated in selling an offering of securities for any issuer more than once every 12 months other than in reliance on paragraph (a)4(i) or (a)4(iii) of Rule 3a4-1 of the Securities Exchange Act.

This offering will commence on the qualification date of the offering statement of which this offering circular is a part and will terminate on or before the earliest event of the sale of the maximum offering, the termination of the offering by Company management or the passage of one (1) year.

Under the rules of the SEC, our Common Stock will come within the definition of a “penny stock” because the price of our Common Stock is below $5 per share. As a result, our Common Stock will be subject to the “penny stock” rules and regulations. Broker-dealers who sell penny stocks to certain types of investors are required to comply with the SEC’s regulations concerning the transfer of penny stock. These regulations require broker-dealers to:

· Make a suitability determination prior to selling penny stock to the purchaser;
· Receive the purchaser’s written consent to the transaction; and
· Provide certain written disclosures to the purchaser.

These requirements may restrict the ability of broker-dealers to sell our Common Stock, and may affect the ability to resell our Common Stock.

OTC Market Considerations

Our Common Stock is eligible for quotation on the OTC Pink Market under the symbol “INKW.”

The OTC Pink Market is separate and distinct from the NASDAQ stock market. NASDAQ has no business relationship with issuers of securities quoted on the OTC Pink Market. The SEC’s order handling rules, which apply to NASDAQ-listed securities, do not apply to securities quoted on the OTC Pink Market.

Although the NASDAQ stock market has rigorous listing standards to ensure the high quality of its issuers, and can delist issuers for not meeting those standards, the OTC Pink Market has no listing standards. Rather, it is the market maker who chooses to quote a security on the system, files the application, and is obligated to comply with keeping information about the issuer in its files. FINRA cannot deny an application by a market maker to quote the stock of a company. The only requirement for inclusion in this marketplace is that the issuer be current in its reporting requirements with the SEC or its alternative reporting requirements with OTC Markets Group.

  16  

 

Investors may have greater difficulty in getting orders filled on the OTC Pink Market. Investors’ orders may be filled at a price much different than expected when an order is placed. Trading activity in general is not conducted as efficiently and effectively as with NASDAQ-listed securities.

Investors must contact a broker-dealer to trade OTC Pink Market securities. Investors do not have direct access to the marketplace’s service. For these securities, there only has to be one market maker.

These transactions are conducted almost entirely manually. In times of heavy market volume, the limitations of this process may result in a significant increase in the time it takes to execute investor orders. Therefore, when investors place market orders - an order to buy or sell a specific number of shares at the current market price - it is possible for the price of a stock to go up or down significantly during the lapse of time between placing a market order and getting execution.

Because these stocks are usually not followed by analysts, there may be lower trading volume than for NASDAQ-listed securities.

Blue Sky Law Considerations

The holders of our shares of Common Stock and persons who desire to purchase them in the OTC Pink Market should be aware that there may be significant state law restrictions upon the ability of investors to resell our shares. Accordingly, investors should consider any secondary market for the company's securities to be a limited one. We intend to seek coverage and publication of information regarding the company in an accepted publication which permits a "manual exemption”. This manual exemption permits a security to be distributed in a particular state without being registered if the company issuing the security has a listing for that security in a securities manual recognized by the state. However, it is not enough for the security to be listed in a recognized manual. The listing entry must contain (1) the names of issuers, officers, and directors, (2) an issuer's balance sheet, and (3) a profit and loss statement for either the fiscal year preceding the balance sheet or for the most recent fiscal year of operations. We may not be able to secure a listing containing all of this information. Furthermore, the manual exemption is a non-issuer exemption restricted to secondary trading transactions, making it unavailable for issuers selling newly issued securities. Most of the accepted manuals are those published in Standard and Poor's, Moody's Investor Service, Fitch's Investment Service, and Best's Insurance Reports, and many states expressly recognize these manuals. A smaller number of states declare that they “recognize securities manuals” but do not specify the recognized manuals. The following states do not have any provisions and therefore do not expressly recognize the manual exemption: AL, CA, IL, KY, LA, MT, NH, NY, PA, TN and VA.

We currently do not intend to and may not be able to qualify securities for resale in other states which require shares to be qualified before they can be resold by our shareholders.

Offering Period and Expiration Date

This offering will start on or after the date that the offering is qualified by the SEC and will terminate at the earlier of: (1) the date on which the maximum offering amount has been sold, (2) the date which is one year after this offering has been qualified by the SEC or (3) the date on which this offering is earlier terminated by us in our sole discretion.

Procedures for Subscribing

General

If you decide to subscribe for any Common Stock in this offering, you must:

1. Receive, review, execute and deliver to us a Subscription Agreement; and
2. Deliver a check or wire transfer (in accordance with the instructions contained in the Subscription Agreement) for the amount set forth in the Subscription Agreement.

You must pay for the shares of our Common Stock at the time of your subscription. Subscription agreements may be submitted in paper form, or electronically by email or other means made available to investors by us. All checks should be made payable to Greene Concepts, Inc. Completed subscription agreements should be sent to us at the address set forth in the subscription agreement and payments should be sent to us or wired according to the instructions in the subscription agreement.

  17  

 

 

Any potential investor will have ample time to review the Subscription Agreement, along with their counsel, prior to making any final investment decision. We shall only deliver such Subscription Documents upon request after a potential investor has had ample opportunity to review this Offering Circular. Further, we will not accept any money until the SEC declares this Offering Circular qualified.

Right to Reject Subscriptions. After we receive your complete, executed subscription agreement, we have the right to review and accept or reject your subscription in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason. We will return all monies from rejected subscriptions immediately to you, without interest or deduction.

Acceptance of Subscriptions. Upon our acceptance of a subscription agreement, we will countersign the subscription agreement and issue the shares subscribed. Once you submit the subscription agreement, you may not revoke or change your subscription or request your subscription funds. All accepted subscription agreements are irrevocable.

Under Rule 251 of Regulation A, non-accredited, non-natural investors are subject to the investment limitation and may only invest funds which do not exceed 10% of the greater of the purchaser’s revenue or net assets (as of the purchaser’s most recent fiscal year end). As a result, a non-accredited, natural person may only invest funds which do not exceed 10% of the greater of the purchaser’s annual income or net worth (please see below on how to calculate your net worth).

How to Calculate Net Worth. For the purposes of calculating your net worth, it is defined as the difference between total assets and total liabilities. This calculation must exclude the value of your primary residence and may exclude any indebtedness secured by your primary residence (up to an amount equal to the value of your primary residence). In the case of fiduciary accounts, net worth and/or income suitability requirements may be satisfied by the beneficiary of the account or by the fiduciary, if the fiduciary directly or indirectly provides funds for the purchase of the shares in this offering.

In order to purchase the shares in this offering and prior to the acceptance of any funds from an investor, an investor will be required to represent, to our satisfaction, that he is either an accredited investor or is in compliance with the 10% of net worth or annual income limitation on investment in this offering.

  18  

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that, at a per share price of $0.0015, the net proceeds from the sale of the 2,000,000,000 shares in this offering will be approximately $2,947,000, after deducting the estimated offering expenses of approximately $53,000.

The following table below sets forth the uses of proceeds assuming the sale of 25%, 50%, 75% and 100% of the securities offered for sale in this offering by the company. For further discussion, see the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Plan of Operations.”

    25% of Offering Sold   50% of Offering Sold   75% of Offering Sold   100% of Offering Sold
Offering Proceeds                                
                                 
Shares Sold     500,000,000       1,000,000,000       1,500,000,000       2,000,000,000  
Gross Proceeds   $ 750,000     $ 1,500,000     $ 2,250,000     $ 3,000,000  
Offering Expenses                                
Legal & Accounting   $ 40,000     $ 40,000     $ 40,000     $ 40,000  
Publishing/EDGAR   $ 1,000     $ 1,000     $ 1,000     $ 1,000  
Transfer Agent   $ 2,000     $ 2,000     $ 2,000     $ 2,000  
Blue Sky Compliance   $ 10,000     $ 10,000     $ 10,000     $ 10,000  
Total Offering Expenses   $ 53,000     $ 53,000     $ 53,000     $ 53,000  
                                 
Amount of Offering Proceeds Available for Use   $ 697,000     $ 1,447,000     $ 2,197,000     $ 2,947,000  
                      ,          
Expenditures                                
Engineering and Prototyping   $ 20,000     $ 20,000     $ 35,000     $ 35,000  
Marketing   $ 200,000     $ 300,000     $ 500,000     $ 750,000  
Production and Inventory   $ 250,000     $ 350,000     $ 400,000     $ 400,000  
Administrative and Corporate Expenses   $ 125,000     $ 125,000     $ 250,000     $ 547,000  
Professional Fees and Compensation   $ 15,000     $ 15,000     $ 15,000     $ 15,000  
Working Capital Reserves   $ 87,000     $ 637,000     $ 1,797,000     $ 1,200,000  
Total Expenditures   $ 697,000     $ 1,447,000     $ 2,197,000     $ 2,947,000  

 

The above figures represent only estimated costs. This expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the status of and results from operations. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering. We may find it necessary or advisable to use the net proceeds from this offering for other purposes, and we will have broad discretion in the application of net proceeds from this offering. Furthermore, we anticipate that we will need to secure additional funding for the fully implement our business plan. Please see section entitled “Risk Factors” on page 7.

We reserve the right to change the above use of proceeds if management believes it is in the best interests of the company.

  19  

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Our Company

Our company name is Greene Concepts, Inc. We are headquartered in Marion, North Carolina. We are a New York corporation that was incorporated on August 18, 1952 and previously operated as Tech-OHM Resistor Corporation, Tech-OHM Electronics, Inc., International Citrus Corporation, Princeton Commercial Holdings, Inc., Eurowind Energy, Inc., First Petroleum and Pipeline Inc., and Luke Entertainment, Inc. Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Mammoth, we are a bottling and beverage company committed to providing the world with high quality, healthy, and enhanced beverage choices. Our beverage and bottling facility is located in Marion, North Carolina. The facility is a 55,000 square foot bottling and beverage plant that is located within the boundaries of the Pisgah National Forest. The bottling facility has as its water sources a combination of seven (7) spring and artesian wells that are fed from a natural aquifer that is located deep below the Pisgah National Forest. We are focused on producing a variety of beverage product lines including, but not limited to, spring and artesian water, cannabinoid, or CBD, infused beverages, pH balanced water and beverage offerings, as well as enhanced athletic drinks in addition to other product offerings. Additionally, Mammoth will act as a third-party producer and bottler of "white label" beverage and water products. White label bottling services are provided for clients that desire to market their own product formulations, brand name and labeling while outsourcing the production and bottling of their products to Mammoth.

Before acquiring our Marion, North Carolina bottling facility on December 24, 2018, we operated our legacy business, which was the manufacture and distribution of a line of 25 high quality consumer focused inkjet kits. On April 30, 2019, our board of directors made a determination to wind down our legacy business and to transition into the beverage and bottling business.

On February 6, 2019, we entered into a Stock Purchase Acquisition Agreement and Merger Agreement and Promissory Note Agreement with BNL Capital LLC, or BNL Capital. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, BNL Capital agreed to sell 100% of the outstanding shares of Mammoth to us for a purchase price of $1,350,000. Mammoth owns the business formerly referred to as “North Cove Springs Bottling and Beverage,” which includes the Marion, North Carolina bottling facility and related assets. We financed the acquisition through a secured promissory note in the amount of $1,350,000 in favor of BNL Capital. The promissory note was secured by 100% of the outstanding shares of Mammoth that are owned by our company. See “Description of Business – Terms of Acquisition of Our Bottling Facility” for a description of the terms of our acquisition of the facility.

Upon acquiring Mammoth, we began the process of performing required maintenance to revitalize all the equipment and facility infrastructure in order to relaunch production at the plant. At the time of the acquisition all of the plant equipment was in good condition though the equipment did require a thorough inspection and light maintenance to assure proper operation when the bottling lines are relaunched. At the time of the acquisition, we hired, Kenneth Porter, a 30+ year veteran of the beverage and bottling industry as plant manager to oversee operations as well as the revitalization and relaunch of the facility.

The Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, requires adherence to current good manufacturing practice, or CGMP, regulations for the processing and bottling of bottled drinking water, which includes facility inspection and documentation of corrective measures and reporting requirements, as well as new requirements for hazard assessments and food safety, or HACCP, plans mandated by the Food Safety and Modernization Act, or FSMA. Final preparations for inspection are underway, including building and facility maintenance such as pressure washing, painting, general cleaning, and minor building repairs.

In addition to complete cleaning and maintenance of the 55,000 square foot facility, standard operating policies and procedures must be documented in accordance with federal legislation. This documentation includes conducting and reporting of microbial testing of source water and any finished product, which must be completed prior to initiating filling and packaging of bottles for shipment from our production lines.

In concert with the coordination of the final preparations for inspection and the launching of production, we are presently working with a number of distributors and retailers to presale orders for production once the plant is fully operational. We expect to relaunch the plant in the fourth quarter of 2019.

Since our inception we operated different businesses under different names before changing our name to Greene Concepts, Inc. and engaging in our legacy business.

  20  

 

Terms of Acquisition of Our Bottling Facility

On February 6, 2019, we entered into a Stock Purchase Acquisition Agreement and Merger Agreement and Promissory Note Agreement with BNL Capital. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, BNL Capital agreed to sell 100% of the outstanding shares of Mammoth to us for a purchase price of $1,350,000. Mammoth owns the business formerly referred to as “North Cove Springs Bottling and Beverage,” which includes the Marion, North Carolina bottling facility and related assets. We financed the acquisition through a secured promissory note in the amount of $1,350,000 in favor of BNL Capital. The promissory note was secured by 100% of the outstanding shares of Mammoth that are owned by our company. Payments under the note are due in 60 monthly installments of $5,062.50 each. The first 59 months of the repayment period are interest only. On the 60th month of the repayment period, the entire remaining outstanding principal balance will become due. As an inducement for BNL Capital entering into the agreement, we also issued 2,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to BNL Capital LLC.

Our Industry

Consumers are consistently switching from carbonated drinks to water and healthy energy drinks. As a result, the beverage market has seen increased demand for enhanced water and other functional drinks. Overall, rapid urbanization, along with widening base of the middle-class population, has increased the demand for a variety of healthy beverages.

This higher demand for water and functional beverages has benefited the packaging industry. Moreover, increasing consumer demand for quality products, made from organic and naturally sourced ingredients, requires science-based formulations of effective products in the beverage industry. These factors have created growth potential for beverage packaging service providers who have the expertise and knowledge required to create successful products in an increasingly discerning market.

Modor Intelligence predicts the global beverage packaging market to grow at a compounded annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 4.17% and reach a value of $142.28 billion by 2023. Currently, North America accounts for the largest market share, poised to reach $28.84 billion by 2023. According to Statistica, revenue in the US bottled water segment along amounts to US$67.5 billion in 2019 and is expected to grow annually by 5.5% (CAGR 2019-2023).

The International Bottled Water Association (IBWA), and the Beverage Marketing Corporation (BMC), reports bottled water volume grew to 13.2 billion gallons in 2017 to 13.8 13.7 gallons in 2018 , an almost five percent increase over the previous year (as compared to more than 6% growth in 2017). This growth is fueled in large part by increased numbers of consumers choosing bottled water instead of soda. Carbonated soft drink sales decreased for the thirteenth consecutive year, according to the most recent numbers from BMC. BMC statistics show per capita consumption exceeded 42 gallons of bottled water, a 6.2 percent increase and the average annual intake of carbonated soft drinks has declined to 37.5 gallons. BMC foresees bottled water consumption will climb higher than 50 gallons per capita within just a few years. According to BMC, nearly all Americans (94 percent) believe that bottled water is a healthier choice than soft drinks, and 93 percent say bottled water should be available wherever drinks are sold.

The shift away from sugary drinks is having a dramatic impact on sales of functional beverages. The global functional drinks market size is expected to reach USD 93.68 billion by 2019, according to a new study by Grand View Research, Inc., progressing at a CAGR of 6.1% during the forecast period. Per Grand View Research, the global functional drink market is anticipated to reach $93.68 billion in 2019, at a CAGR of 6.1%. According to the Grand View Report, four players hold 55.2% of this market. Functional beverages include energy drinks and sports drinks, and nutritional drinks, In 2014, energy drinks represented almost 56% of all functional beverage sales. Ibis World reports, over the past five years, the US energy drink production industry has grown by 5.2% to reach revenue of $9 billion in 2018. The energy drinks market is forecast to register a CAGR of 3.6% till 2023, whereas, the sports drinks market will grow at a CAGR of 4.3% during the same period.

In contrast to the energy and sports drink categories, functional drinks with nutraceutical formulations are designed to support consumer desire for establishing healthy lifestyle routines. Often formulated using herbs, botanicals, vitamins and minerals, these beverages are designed to support digestive wellness, reduce stress and improve sleep, as examples. They are often sold as dietary supplements, and subject to additional regulation by the FDA. As a result, they are sold at a higher price point. Netherlands-based Innova Market Insights, in its 2017 “Functional Drinks” reports 30.5 percent of all functional drink launches were vitamin/mineral fortified, while 22.8 percent contained high amounts of protein. Rounding out the Top 5 were energy/alertness (20 percent), digestive/gut health (19 percent), and antioxidants (12.7 percent).

We believe that the growth in bottled water and other healthy beverages and away from carbonated or sugary beverages will create opportunities for our company. We also believe that recent market trends for will continue to grow as federal and state regulation is for hemp derived CBD products is codified. The CBD market now stands at $1.01 trillion with forecasts calling for it to grow to $22 billion by 2022. Many analysts are calling for 20% or more of that growth to occur in the CBD infused beverage space. This trend, plus the opportunity presented by the US private label beverage market, which, according to Technavio, will have a revenue of almost USD 140 billion by 2021, are expected by management to fuel growth of our bottling and distribution business for years to come.

  21  

 

Our Products

Our bottling facility is not yet operational, and we have not begun selling any products yet.

We expect that our future products will include:

· Enhanced spring and artesian water;
· Functional beverages and liquid dietary supplements for a variety of market needs, including, but not limited to, pH balanced water, enhanced athletic drinks;
· CBD infused beverages; and
· Beverages that meet the nutritional needs for unique defined populations and health conditions.

We also plan to operate as a third-party producer and bottler of "white label" beverage and water products once our facility is fully licensed and becomes operational.

Our Production

We plan to produce our future products at our 55,000 square foot bottling and beverage plant that is located within the boundaries of the Pisgah National Forest in Marion, North Carolina. The bottling facility has as its water sources a combination of seven (7) spring and artesian wells that are fed from a natural aquifer that is located deep below the Pisgah National Forest. We are focused on producing a variety of beverage product lines including, but not limited to spring and artesian water, cannabinoid, or CBD, infused beverages, pH balanced water and beverage offerings, as well as enhanced athletic drinks in addition to other product offerings.

Since we will not rely on independent third-party bottles to manufacture and market our products, we believe we can more effectively manage quality control and consumer appeal while responding quickly to changing market conditions. We expect that we will produce substantially all of the concentrates and essences used in our future branded products. We believe that our ability to control our own formulas in the future will allow us to craft products in a uniform manner with high quality standards while innovating flavors to meet changing consumer preferences.

Our Distribution

Given our particular interest and expertise in the natural health, organic and dietary supplement arenas, our primary distribution systems will utilize the fresh, natural and organic wholesale food distributors and representatives. Distribution will be targeted to independent natural food retailers and large box stores through both independent warehouse distribution system and direct-store delivery system. ‘White label’ products will utilize customer shipping and qualified independent shipping companies for direct delivery to the convenience channels. At this time we do not have plans to distribute through food service industry.

Sales and Marketing

We plan to sell and market our products through an internal sales force as well as networks of brokers. 

We will seek to reach consumers directly through digital marketing, digital social marketing, social media engagement and creative content. Our marketing efforts will be focused on increasing our digital presence and capabilities to further enhance the consumer experience across our future brands. We may retain agencies to assist with social media content creative and platform selection for our brands.

Additionally, we expect that we will create brand recognition and loyalty through a combination of regional event participation, special event marketing, endorsements, consumer coupon distribution and product sampling.

More specifically, we expect to use the following techniques to market our product offerings and attract customers:

 

  22  

 

· Attending Trade and Other Events: We will attend these events in order to create awareness of our brand/ products and develop relationships with potential commercial customers. The potential customers will then be followed up in order to convert them into regular customers for whom we can provide white label services.
· Signboards and Billboards Marketing
· Printing and Distributing Brochures and Flyers
· Search Engine Optimization (SEO) of our Website: SEO will be employed as it will bring our website at the top positions in natural search queries on widely used search engines like Google and Bing.
· CRM Software: We plan to utilize client relationship management, or CRM, software to offer materials, such as free guides or informative materials, ready to be downloaded in exchange of contact details. The software will then automatically send marketing materials to available contacts in order to convert them into customers.
· Google AdWords: We will start different campaigns including text-based search ads, graphic display ads, and YouTube video ads in order to reach our targeted audience(s) with AdWords.
· Social Media Marketing
· Word of Mouth/ Recommendations
· Referral Marketing: Referrals is one of the most valuable assets for our company. We will add our customers to a special, dedicated group and give them benefits on referring us to others.

Raw Materials

The products that we expect to produce and sell will be packaged in various materials suitable for cold pack beverages, including aluminum, glass, paper and plastic bottles, including recyclable and reusable containers. Ingredients for our functional beverage lines will include minerals, vitamins, herbs and botanicals, as well as flavors and naturally derived sweeteners. Ingredients will be sourced from cGMP compliant companies who are committed to transparency and traceability relating to origin, identify, testing and quality. Certifications for gluten-free, Kosher, Organic and other relevant ingredient criteria will be required on an as-needed basis. The majority of materials and ingredients we will purchase will be presently available from several suppliers. However, our specialized approach to formulation and quality standards may result in reduced availability of some ingredients due to weather, governmental controls or price/supply fluctuations, which would lead to price fluctuations. Therefore, we expect to clearly delineate our supply program qualifications and enroll suppliers in our own supplier program to ensure continued access to the ingredients we seek for production.

Seasonality

We expect that our operating results will not be materially affected by seasonal factors, including fluctuations in costs of raw materials, holiday and seasonal programming and weather conditions. Our products are “functional” beverages chosen by consumers who ascribe to a certain lifestyle, and as such we do not expect our products to be impacted by seasonal factors.

Our Competition and Competitive Strengths

Our products will compete with many varieties of liquid refreshment, including water products, soft drinks, juices, fruit drinks, energy drinks and sports drinks, as well as powdered drinks, coffees, teas, dairy-based drinks, functional beverages and various other nonalcoholic beverages. We will also compete with bottlers and distributors of national, regional and private label products. Several competitors, including those that dominate the beverage industry, such as Nestlé S.A., PepsiCo and The Coca-Cola Company, have greater financial resources than we have and aggressive promotion of their products may adversely affect sales of our brands.

The principal methods of competition in the beverage industry are price and promotional activity, advertising and marketing programs, point-of-sale merchandising, retail space management, customer service, product differentiation, packaging innovations and distribution methods. We believe we will be able to differentiate ourselves in the following ways:

· Formulations of products for specific, targeted audiences who have unique health and exercise requirements
  23  

 

· Infusion of ingredients with strong science and documentation of effectiveness to address specific health and wellness needs
· Utilization of ingredients sourced from quality companies committed to our quality standards
· Access to research opportunities and outcomes to support our growing family of functions beverages
· Unique regulatory capacity that ensures brands and stores are selling product that meets the standards of states and governments
· Access to industry stakeholders, influencers and high-profile consumers who can provide third-party endorsement of our products.

Our Growth Strategies

We expect that our first product will be spring water and that we will white label our spring water for third parties.  Although we are in negotiations with third parties for the white label of our expected first product (spring water) we have not yet received any purchase orders or entered into any contracts for the sale of this product because our facility is not yet fully licensed.  We expect licensing to be complete on or before the fourth quarter of 2019 and to launch our white label spring water sometime thereafter in the fourth quarter of 2019.  Following the launch of our first product, we will be working on the development of other products and expect to launch other products in 2020.

Intellectual Property

We do not currently own any trademarks but expect that we will trademark our future brands once launched. We intend to maintain all registrations of our future significant trademarks and use our future trademarks in the operation of our businesses.

We also own the URL www.greeneconcepts.com.

Governmental Regulation

The operation of our facility and the production, distribution and sale of our future products in the United States are subject to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act; the Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act of 1994; the Occupational Safety and Health Act; the Lanham Act; various environmental statutes; and various other federal, state and local statutes regulating the production, transportation, sale, safety, advertising, labeling and ingredients of such products. We believe that we are in compliance, in all material respects, with such existing legislation and that prior to the operation of our facility, we will have all required licenses to operate.

Certain states and localities require a deposit or tax on the sale of certain beverages. These requirements vary by each jurisdiction. Similar legislation has been proposed in certain other states and localities, as well as by Congress. We are unable to predict whether such legislation will be enacted or what impact its enactment would have on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our facility is subject to federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. We do not expect that compliance with these provisions will have any material adverse effect on our financial or competitive position. We believe our future practices and procedures for the control and disposition of toxic or hazardous substances will comply in all material respects with applicable law.

Employees and Contractors

We currently have 1 employee, Kenneth Porter, located in North Carolina. In addition, we use independent contractors for management, legal, accounting and administrative support.

Legal Proceedings

We know of no existing or pending legal proceedings against us, nor are we involved as a plaintiff in any proceeding or pending litigation. There are no proceedings in which any of our directors, officers or any of their respective affiliates, or any beneficial stockholder, is an adverse party or has a material interest adverse to our interest.

  24  

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

 

Currently, our principal executive offices are located at 13195 U.S. Highway 221 N, Marion, North Carolina, 28752, which is where our 55,000 sq. ft. beverage and bottling facility is located.

We believe that all our properties have been adequately maintained, are generally in good condition, and are suitable and adequate for our business.

We do not currently lease or own any other real property.

  25  

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of our operations together with our financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this offering circular. This discussion contains forward-looking statements reflecting our current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those contained in these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this offering circular.

Overview

Through our wholly owned subsidiary, Mammoth, we are a bottling and beverage company committed to providing the world with high quality, healthy, and enhanced beverage choices. Our beverage and bottling facility is located in Marion, North Carolina.

We are focused on producing a variety of beverage product lines including, but not limited to, spring and artesian water, cannabinoid, or CBD, infused beverages, pH balanced water and beverage offerings, as well as enhanced athletic drinks in addition to other product offerings. Additionally, Mammoth will act as a third-party producer and bottler of "white label" beverage and water products. White label bottling services are provided for clients that desire to market their own product formulations, brand name and labeling while outsourcing the production and bottling of their products to Mammoth.

Before acquiring our Marion, North Carolina bottling facility on December 24, 2018, we operated our legacy business, which was the manufacture and distribution of a line of 25 high quality consumer focused inkjet kits. On April 30, 2019, our board of directors made a determination to wind down our legacy business and to transition into the beverage and bottling business. In November 2018, we formed Mammoth, as a wholly owned subsidiary. On December 24, 2018, Mammoth entered into an Asset Purchase Contract and Receipt and acquired the Marion, North Carolina facility and all bottling equipment from North Cove Springs Bottling and Beverage Inc.

Upon acquiring the Marion, North Carolina bottling facility, Mammoth began the process of performing required maintenance to revitalize all the equipment and facility infrastructure in order to relaunch production at the plant. At the time of the acquisition all of the plant equipment was in good condition though the equipment did require a thorough inspection and light maintenance to assure proper operation when the bottling lines are relaunched. At the time of the acquisition, we hired, Kenneth Porter, a 30+ year veteran of the beverage and bottling industry as plant manager to oversee operations as well as the revitalization and relaunch of the facility.

The Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, requires adherence to current good manufacturing practice, or CGMP, regulations for the processing and bottling of bottled drinking water, which includes facility inspection and documentation of corrective measures and reporting requirements, as well as new requirements for hazard assessments and food safety, or HACCP, plans mandated by the Food Safety and Modernization Act, or FSMA. Final preparations for inspection are underway, including building and facility maintenance such as pressure washing, painting, general cleaning, and minor building repairs.

In addition to complete cleaning and maintenance of the 55,000 square foot facility, standard operating policies and procedures must be documented in accordance with federal legislation. This documentation includes conducting and reporting of microbial testing of source water and any finished product, which must be completed prior to initiating filling and packaging of bottles for shipment from our production lines.

In concert with the coordination of the final preparations for inspection and the launching of production, we are presently working with a number of distributors and retailers to presale orders for production once the plant is fully operational. We expect to relaunch the plant in the fourth quarter of 2019.

Since our inception we operated different businesses under different names before changing our name to Greene Concepts, Inc. and engaging in our legacy business.

  26  

 

Financial Results

General

Since 2011, we have operated as a consumer direct marketing ink and toner technology distribution company, which markets and sells over 1,000 advanced and exceptional proprietary ink and toner “Do It Yourself” refilling systems and other products

for inkjet and toner cartridges. We marketed our products under the name ‘INKWAY USA’ and our business model was consumer direct marketing to ensure long-term growth and stability, sales, and fulfillment for retail products. We also competed in the global market place by marketing and signing distributors in Europe, North America, and Asia. These marketing efforts were coordinated from our prior corporate offices in California.

In November 2018, we formed Mammoth in support of our new strategic vision to become a bottling and beverage company. Thereafter, on December 24, 2018 we entered into an Asset Purchase Contract & Receipt with North Cove Springs Bottling and Beverage, Inc. and Chris Mencis. See “Description of Business – Terms of Acquisition of Our Bottling Facility” for a description of the terms of our acquisition of the facility.

On April 30, 2019, the board of directors made a determination to wind down our legacy inkjet business and to transition into the beverage and bottling business. 

We plan to use this facility, which had been strictly dedicated to the production and distribution of spring and artesian water, to produce high-margin products targeting the health and wellness space. The bottling facility will be focusing on a variety of beverage product lines including, but not limited to CBD infused beverages, spring and artesian water, as well as enhanced athletic drinks in addition to other product offerings. We expect to introduce several primary beverage products, with announcements that will provide details of future product offerings and operations in the near future. We plan to use this facility to produce high-margin products targeting the health and wellness market.

We expect our financial condition to change as we transition into our new business model. The current operations will be significantly different than the prior legacy business.

Results of Operations

Nine-month period ended April 30, 2019 compared to April 30, 2018

The following table sets forth key components of our results of operations during the nine-month period ended April 30, 2019 and 2018.

    Nine Months Ended
April 30,
  Change
    2019   2018   $   %
Revenues   $ 74,270     $ 22,410     $ 51,860       231.41  
Cost of revenues     13,320       913       12,407       1,358.93  
Gross Margin     60,950       21,499       39,451       183.50  
Operating expenses                                
Administrative expenses     67,846       24,916       42,930       172.30  
Professional fees     41,398       —         41,398       —    
Depreciation and amortization     50,805       —         50,805       —    
Total operating expenses     160,049       24,916       135,133       542.35  
Loss from operations     (99,099 )     (3,417 )     95,682       2,800.18  
Total other income (expense)     269       —         269       —    
Finance and interest fees     (14,420 )     —         14,420       —    
Net loss   $ (113,081 )   $ (3,417 )   $ 109,664       3,209.36  

 

Revenues. During the nine-month period ended April 30, 2019 we generated revenues from our legacy inkjet operations. Our revenues increased $51,860 or 231.41% from $22,410 for the period ended April 30 2018 as compared to $74,270 for the period ended April 30, 2019. The increase in revenues is the result of increased marketing driven sales. We do not expect to generate revenues in the near term as we transition from our legacy operations to our new business model.

Cost of revenues. Our cost of revenues includes marketing and advertising expenses. Our cost of revenues increased by $12,407 or 1,358.93%, to $21,499 for the nine-month period ended April 30, 2019 from $913 for the nine-month period ended April 30, 2018. This increase was mainly due to increased outlays on marketing and advertising.

Gross margin. Our gross margin increased by $39,451 or 183.50%, to $60,950 for the nine-month period ended April 30, 2019 from $21,499 for the nine-month period ended April 30, 2018. Gross profit as a percentage of revenues (gross margin) was 82% and 95.9% for the nine-month period ended April 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

  27  

 

Sales, general and administrative expenses. Our administrative expenses include accounting, professional and executive services and similar expenses. Our administrative expenses increased by $42,930, or 172.30%, to $67,846 for the nine-month period ended April 30, 2019 from $24,916 for the nine-month period ended April 30, 2018. Such increase was primarily due to bringing the company current in reporting requirements. As a percentage of revenues, administrative expenses for the nine-month period ended April 30, 2019 and 2018 were 91.4% and 82.8%.

Professional fees. Professional fees include accounting, legal and transfer agency fees. Our professional fees were 67,846 for the nine-month period ended April 30, 2019 compared to $0 for the nine-month period ended April 30, 2018. The reason that we incurred professional fees in the 2019 period and not the 2018 period is the company had fallen behind on reporting requirements.

Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense relates to equipment. Depreciation and amortization expense for the nine-month period ended April 30, 2019 was 50,805 compared to $0 in the 2018 period. The reason that there was a depreciation expense in the 2019 period and not the 2018 period is there was not any equipment to depreciate in 2018 and starting in February 2019 there was equipment to depreciate with the acquisition of the company’s subsidiary Mammoth Ventures, Inc. which includes the bottling facility in North Carolina.

Total operating expenses. Total operating expenses during the period ended April 30, 2019 were 160,049 compared to $24,916 for the same period in 2018, which is an increase of $135,133 or 542.35%. The reason for the increase in operating expense between the two periods is the result of the increased administrative expense, professional fees and depreciation and amortization described above.

Total other income. Total other income during the nine-month period ended April 30, 2019 was $269 and consists of income from the sale of a piece of office equipment. No other income was generated during the same period in 2018.

Finance and interest fees. Finance and interest fees consist of fees related to the note payable for the purchase of Mammoth Ventures Inc. Finance and interest fees for the nine-month period ended April 30, 2019 were $14,420. No finance or interest fees were incurred during the same period in 2018.

Net loss. As a result of the cumulative effect of the factors described above, our net loss increased by $113,081 or 3,209.4%, to $113,081 for the nine-month period ended April 30, 2019 from $3,417 for the same period in 2018.

Year ended July 31, 2018 compared to July 31, 2017

The following table sets forth key components of our results of operations during the year ended July 31, 2018 and 2017.

    Year Ended
July 31,
  Change
    2018   2017   $   %
Revenues   $ 50,160     $ 33,518     $ 16,642       49.7  
Cost of revenues     25,849       12,340       13,509       52.3  
Gross Margin     24,311       21,178       3,133       14.8  
Operating expenses     120,449       113,900       6,549       5.7  
Net loss   $ (96,138 )   $ (92,722 )   $ 3,416       3.7  

 

Revenues. During the year ended July 31, 2018 we generated revenues from our legacy inkjet operations. Our revenues increased $16,642 or 49.7% from $33,518 for the year ended July 31, 2017 as compared to $50,160 for the year ended July 31, 2017. The increase in revenues is the result of increased marketing driven sales. We do not expect to generate revenues in the near term as we transition from our legacy operations to our new business model.

Cost of revenues. Our cost of revenues includes marketing and advertising expenses. Our cost of revenues increased by $13,509 or 52.3%, to $25,849 for the year ended July 31, 2018 from $12,340 for the year ended July 31, 2017. This increase was mainly due to increased outlays on marketing and advertising .

Gross margin. Our gross margin increased by $3,133 or 14.8%, to $24,311 for the year ended July 31, 2018 from $21,178 for the year ended July 31, 2017. Gross profit as a percentage of revenues (gross margin) was 48.5% and 63.2% for the year ended July 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

  28  

 

Operating expenses. Our operating expenses include sales commissions, travel expenses, taxes and similar expenses. Our operating expenses increased by $6,549, or 5.7%, to $120,449 for the year ended July 31, 2018 from $113,900 for the year ended July 31, 2017. Such increase was primarily due to increased sales commissions.

Net loss. As a result of the cumulative effect of the factors described above, our net loss increased by $3,416 or 33.7%, to $96,138 for the year ended July 31, 2018 from $92,722 for the year ended July 31, 2017.

Plan of Operation

Our primary goal for our first year of operation will be commence the operation of our North Carolina bottling facility and begin to generate revenues from the sales of our proposed products. Our plan follows below. We are highly dependent upon the success of this offering in implementing the following plan.

Phase One (Mos. 1-3)

Estimated cost: $40,000

Immediately, we plan to cause our plant to become operational during the last quarter of 2019. We expect to hire additional personnel to satisfy needs in the following areas: production, marketing and accounting staff. We will begin production of our first brand of bottled water along with launch a modest marketing campaign.

Phase Two (Mos. 4-6)

Estimated cost: $120,000

Following successful phase one, we will begin production and launch of the company’s first bottled water brand. The company will additionally seek opportunities to produce customer white labeled bottled water for third party customers.

Phase Three (Mos. 7-9)

Estimated cost: $200,000

Following successful phases one and two, we will begin to roll out our nutritionally enhanced beverage line of drinks. With proper funding, the company desires to roll out the nutritional beverage line with a regionally focused marketing and advertising campaign in an effort to best focus and grow brand awareness.

Phase Four (Mos. 10-12)

Estimated cost: $200,000

We hope to begin expanding our market penetration and distribution for both bottled water and nutritionally enhanced beverages in this quarter and will concentrate our efforts on promoting the company’s product lines in the markets we currently provide distribution.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We are highly dependent on the success of this offering to meet our ongoing working capital needs and to fully execute our business plan. The maximum aggregate amount of this offering will be required to fully implement our business plan. Historically, we have been funded through the sale of our equity and debt securities, including convertible debt. In the event our proposed offering is not successful, we will need to seek to raise capital through alternative sources, such as a private placement of our equity or debt securities. However, we have not identified any potential source of alternative financing. There can be no guarantees that any such financing would become available to us. If we cannot raise additional proceeds via a private placement of our equity or debt securities, or secure a loan, we would be required to cease business operations. As a result, investors would lose all of their investment.

Nine-month period ended April 30, 2019 compared to April 30, 2018

Our cash, total current assets, total assets, total current liabilities and total liabilities as of April 30, 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

  29  

 

 

    April 30, 2019   April 30, 2018
Cash   $ 86,071     $ 7,994  
Accounts Receivable     —         12,880  
Inventory     —         527,357  
Total Current Assets     86,071       548,231  
Total Assets     3,289,975       833,536  
Total Current Liabilities     1,663,755       1,701,471  
Total Liabilities     1,663,755       1,701,471  
Stockholders’ Deficit   $ 1,621,220     $ (867,935 )

 

Our total current assets decreased by $462,160 when comparing the current assets as of April 30, 2019 to current assets of April 30, 2018 due to the divesture of the legacy business and the elimination of Accounts Receivables and Inventory. Our total current liabilities at April 30, 2019 decreased with the elimination of approximately $75,000 of accounts payable attributable to the legacy business. Our total liabilities decreased in the period of April 30, 2019 when compared to the same period in 2018, for the same reason.

Year ended July 31, 2018 compared to July 31, 2017

Our cash, total current assets, total assets, total current liabilities and total liabilities as of July 31, 2018 and July 31, 2017 were as follows:

 

    July 31, 2018   July 31, 2017
Cash   $ 10,050     $ $8,142
Accounts Receivable     27,580       12,880  
Inventory     453,216       527,357  
Total Current Assets     490,836       548,379  
Total Assets     709,012       833,684  
Total Current Liabilities     1,556,284       1,125,818  
Total Liabilities     1,669,284       1,697,818  
Stockholders’ Deficit   $ (960,272 )   $ (864,134 )

 

Our total current assets decreased by $74,141 when comparing the current assets as of July 31, 2017 to current assets of July 31, 2018, due to decreased inventory on hand. Our total current liabilities at July 31, 2018 increased $430,466 as the result of an increase in accounts payable.

Capital Expenditures and Other Obligations

In conjunction with the purchase of Mammoth’s assets, we entered into a long term financing agreement with Mammoth’s prior owner, BNL Capital, LLC. This financing facilitated the purchase of the Marion, NC bottling facility, among other assets. We believe the servicing of this debt will be satisfied through future operations. See “Description of Business – Terms of Acquisition of Our Bottling Facility” for a description of the terms of our acquisition of the facility.

See “Securities Being Offered – Convertible Notes” for a description of the terms of our outstanding convertible notes.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of April 30, 2019, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires our management to make assumptions, estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported, including the notes thereto, and related disclosures of commitments and contingencies, if any. We have identified certain accounting policies that are significant to the preparation of our financial statements. These accounting policies are important for an understanding of our financial condition and results of operation. Critical accounting policies are those that are most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require management’s difficult, subjective, or complex judgment, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. Certain accounting

estimates are particularly sensitive because of their significance to financial statements and because of the possibility that future events affecting the estimate may differ significantly from management’s current judgments. We believe the accounting policies described in Note 1 to our financial statements – Significant Accounting Policies – describe our critical accounting policies and estimates.

 

  30  

 

 

 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND SIGNIFICANT EMPLOYEES

The following table sets forth the name and position of each of our current executive officers, director and significant employees.

Name   Position   Age   Term of Office   Approximate hours per week for part-time employees
Karen Howard   Chief Executive Officer; Director   59   1 Year   20
Kenneth Porter   Plant Manager   58   1 Year   N/A

 

Karen Howard, Chief Executive Officer

Karen Howard has served as our Chief Executive Officer and our sole director since January, 2019. Ms. Howard has spent more than 30 years working with Congress, state legislatures and healthcare providers and dietary supplement companies to develop innovative healthcare policy, program and compliance initiatives. She has held a variety of executive positions, including serving as the first CEO of the Organic & Natural Health Association (O&N), a trade association representing the entire supply chain of the dietary supplement industry, including retailers and consumer organizations. Prior to joining O&N, she served as president of the National Animal Supplement Council (NASC), where she managed the NASC Quality Seal Program, a voluntary compliance program for manufactures and distributors of pet supplements requiring adherence to the association’s GMPs, participation in a national adverse event reporting system, and a bi-annual audit. Prior to that, Ms. Howard served as executive director for both the American Association of Naturopathic Physicians (AANP) and the Association of Accredited Naturopathic Medical Schools. During her nearly 10-year tenure at AANP, she built a sustainable infrastructure, significantly improved financial performance, established a strong federal presence, and supported multiple state association advocacy efforts for licensure. Ms. Howard was professional staff for a Congressional committee, and has policy expertise in the diverse areas of integrative and complementary medicine, managed care, healthcare technology and mental health.

Kenneth Porter, Plant Manager

Mr. Porter has 36 years of experience in high speed food and beverage production, managing multiple plants, the maintenance, equipment & processes.  Mr. Porter has worked as a manager for Pepsi Bottling Group, Universal Food & Beverage, Summit Beverage Group and prior to joining Greene Concepts, Ice River Springs, a bottling company with an annual volume of 25 million cases and 125 employees.  

His career began in 1983 working as Production Manager for Coca-Cola Bottling Co Consolidated.  In 1994 he was promoted to Plant Manager for a facility with an annual volume of 20 MM cases, and managed 105 hourly employees and 12 managers. 

Mr. Porter’s skills include PM systems, PLCs, Predictive maintenance, inferred & vibration analysis, Strong people/ coaching skills, Strong problem solving skills, P&L and budgets, Costing of products, Cost analysis, Capital Appropriations, Managed multi-million dollar projects, Removed and installed complete bottling lines, Personally installed over 20 pieces of major bottling, blow molding and support equipment, Master sanitation programs, Warehouse management, inventory control & Union Plants.  He has training/certification in Computers, T.Q.M, S.P.C, T.P.M, Team Building, Self-directed work teams, M.R.P, E.R.P, OSHA & GMP regulations, USDA, FDA, HACCP, SQF, NSF, Six Sigma Black Belt and lean manufacturing champion, Safety Committees and Pepsi CQV process.

Directors are elected until their successors are duly elected and qualified.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships between any director, executive officer, person nominated or chosen to become a director or executive officer or any significant employee.

Legal Proceedings

To the best of our knowledge, none of our directors or executive officers has, during the past five years:

  • been convicted in a criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offences); or
  • had any petition under the federal bankruptcy laws or any state insolvency law was filed by or against, or a receiver, fiscal agent or similar officer was appointed by a court for the business or property of such person, or any partnership in which he was general partner at or within two years before the time of such filing, or any corporation or business association of which he was an executive officer at or within two years before the time of such filing.
  31  

 

 

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth the annual compensation of each of the three highest paid persons who were executive officers or directors during our last completed fiscal year:

Name   Position   Cash Compensation   Other Compensation   Total Compensation
Karen Howard   Chief Executive Officer; Director    $12,000   $0   $0

 

Ms. Howard’s sole compensation for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019 was $12,000 in cash compensation. Ms. Howard received this compensation pursuant to a contract services agreement, dated January 18, 2019, between our company and Ms. Howard Pursuant to the terms of the contract, Ms. Howard is retained as President and Chief Executive Officer of our company. Her compensation is set at $1,000 per month. Upon entering into the contract, she also received additional compensation in the form of thirty thousand (30,000) shares of Series A Preferred Stock of our company. The term of the contract is one year and the contract may be renewed on a year-to-year basis. We may terminate the contract upon the permanent disability of Ms. Howard, or if our operations are discontinued.

Other Consulting Agreements

In addition to our consulting agreement with Ms. Howard, we have entered into the following consulting agreements that we believe are material to our business.

Dr. Susan Hewlings

On February 5, 2019, we entered into a contract services agreement with Dr. Susan Hewlings. Pursuant to the terms of the contract, Dr. Hewlings is retained as the Director of Scientific Formulations. Her annual compensation is fifteen thousand five hundred (15,500) shares of our Series A Preferred Stock, issuable within 30 days of signing the agreement. The duration of the contract is one year and may be renewed on a year-to-year basis. We may terminate the agreement upon Dr. Hewlings’ permanent disability, or if our operations are discontinued.

Dr. Douglas Kalman

On February 5, 2019, we entered into a contract services agreement with Dr. Douglas Kalman. Pursuant to the terms of the contract, Dr. Kalman is retained as Scientific Director of our company. His annual compensation is twenty-two thousand five hundred (22,500) shares of Series A Preferred Stock of our company, issuable within 30 days of signing the agreement. The duration of the contract is one year and may be renewed on a year-to-year basis. We may terminate the agreement upon Dr. Kalman’s permanent disability, or if our operations are discontinued.

Dr. Lane R. Phillips

On April 10, 2019, we entered into a contract services agreement with Dr. Lane R. Phillips. Pursuant to the terms of the contract, Dr. Phillips is retained as Medical Director of our company. His annual compensation is ten thousand (10,000) shares of Series A Preferred Stock of our company, issuable within 30 days of signing the agreement. As of the date of this Offering Statement, no compensation has been issued to Dr. Phillips. The duration of the contract is one year and may be renewed on a year-to-year basis. We may terminate the agreement upon Dr. Phillips’ permanent disability, or if our operations are discontinued.

Dr. William Rowe

On March 30, 2019, we entered into a contract services agreement with Dr. William Rowe. Pursuant to the terms of the contract, Dr. Rowe is retained as the Advisory Board Director of our company. His annual compensation is thirty five thousand (35,000) shares of Series A Preferred Stock of our company, issuable within 30 days of signing the agreement. The duration of the contract is one year and may be renewed on a year-to-year basis. We may terminate the agreement upon Dr. Rowe’s permanent disability, or if our operations are discontinued.

 

  32  

 

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT AND CERTAIN SECURITYHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our voting stock as of September 15, 2019 (i) by each of our officers and directors who beneficially own more than 10% of our voting stock; (ii) by all of our officers and directors as a group; and (iii) by each person who is known by us to beneficially own more than 10% of each class of our voting stock. Unless otherwise specified, the address of each of the persons set forth below is in care of the company at 13195 U.S. Highway 221 N, Marion, North Carolina, 28752.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner Amount of Beneficial Ownership(1) Percent of Common Stock(2) Percent of Preferred Class A Stock(3) Percent of Total Voting Stock(4)
Common Stock Preferred Class A Stock

Loren Brown

c/o BNL Capital LLC

1356 Bennett Drive
Longwood, FL 32750

0 6,000,000 0%* 49.65% 46.85%

Robert Levitt

c/o BNL Capital LLC

1356 Bennett Drive
Longwood, FL 32750

0 6,000,000 0%* 49.65% 46.85%
All directors and officers as a group 0 30,000 0%* 0.25%* 0.23%*

*Less than 1%.

 

(1) Beneficial Ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Each of the beneficial owners listed above has direct ownership of and sole voting power and investment power with respect to the shares. For each beneficial owner above, any securities acquirable within 60 days have been included in the denominator in accordance with SEC Rule 13d-3(d)(1).
(2) Based on 723,112,467 shares of our Common Stock outstanding as of September 15, 2019.
(3) Based on 12,085,500 shares of our Preferred Class A Stock outstanding as of September 15, 2019. Shares of Preferred Class A Stock are convertible into shares of Common Stock on the basis of 1 share of Common Stock for every 100 shares of Preferred Class A Stock. Each share of Preferred Class A Stock is entitled to one thousand (1,000) votes per share on all matters to which they are so entitled to vote.
(4) Percentage of Total Voting Stock represents total ownership with respect to all shares of our Common Stock and Preferred Class A Stock, as a single class and giving effect to the 1,000 for 1 vote of the Preferred Class A Stock.

 

 

INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

Since the beginning of our 2016 fiscal year, we have not entered into any transactions with any related persons in which the amount involved exceeded the lesser of $120,000 and one percent of the average of our total assets at year-end for the last two completed fiscal years.

  33  

 

 

SECURITIES BEING OFFERED

This offering relates to the sale of up to 2,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the company.

Our authorized capital stock consists of 3,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Class A Stock, par value $0.0001. As of the date of this offering circular, there are 723,112,467 shares of our Common Stock and 12,085,500 shares of our Preferred Class A Stock issued and outstanding.

The following is a summary of the rights of our capital stock as provided in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. For more detailed information, please see our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which have been filed as exhibits to the offering statement of which this offering circular is a part.

Common Stock

As of the date of this offering circular, there were 723,112,467 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding.

Voting Rights. The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Under our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, any corporate action to be taken by vote of stockholders other than for election of directors shall be authorized by the affirmative vote of the majority of votes cast. Directors are elected by a plurality of votes. Stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights.

Dividend Rights. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding holders of our preferred stock, holders of our Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation Rights. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of Common Stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

Other Rights. Holders of Common Stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Common Stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of Common Stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock.

Preferred Class A Stock

As of the date hereof, there were 12,085,500 shares of Preferred Class A Stock outstanding.

Voting Rights. Holders of shares of Preferred Class A Stock vote together with the holders of Common Stock. Each share of Preferred Class A Stock is entitled to one thousand (1,000) votes per share on all matters. Except as provided by law, the holders of shares of Preferred Class A Stock vote together with the holders of shares of Common Stock as a single class.

In addition, so long as any shares of Preferred Class A Stock remains outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of stockholders required by our certificate of incorporation, the company will not, without the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Class A Stock: (i) effect a sale of all or substantially all of the company’s assets or which results in the holders of the company’s capital stock owning less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the company, (ii) alter or change the rights, preference, or privileges of the Preferred Class A Stock, (iii) authorize the issuance of securities having preference over or on par with the Series A Preferred Stock, or (v) effectuate a forward or reverse stock split or dividend of the company’s Common Stock. 

Dividend Rights. We are not required to pay dividends at any specific rate on the Preferred Class A Stock; provided, however, that if any dividend is paid on the outstanding Common Stock, the Preferred Class A Stock would participate in such dividend on a pari passu basis with the holders of Common Stock on an as converted to Common Stock basis.

Liquidation Rights. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company or any Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined in our certificate of incorporation), before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, the holders of shares of Preferred Class A Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the funds and assets available for distribution to its stockholders, an amount per share equal to the amount that would be paid to one hundred (100) shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment), plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon.

  34  

 

Conversion Rights. Each share of Preferred Class A Stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one hundred (100) shares of Common Stock for each share of Preferred Class A Stock, subject to adjustment in the event of any stock splits, stock combinations, recapitalizations and similar transactions. In addition, upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public in a public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or a qualified offering statement under Regulation A of the Securities Act, or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the Requisite Holders at the time of such vote or consent, voting as a single class on an as-converted basis, (i) all outstanding shares of Preferred Class A Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the foregoing conversion ratio. Accordingly, upon the closing of this offering, each outstanding share of Preferred Class A Stock will automatically convert into one share of our Common Stock.

Other Rights. Holders of Preferred Class A Stock have no preemptive or subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our Preferred Class A Stock.

Convertible Notes

The following table provides a summary of our outstanding convertible notes as of July 31, 2019, including date of issuance, outstanding balance, principal amount at issuance, maturity date, conversion terms, name of holder of note and reason or consideration for issuance. We may issue additional convertible notes from time to time.

Date of Note Issuance Outstanding Balance ($) Principal Amount at Issuance ($) Interest Accrued ($) Maturity Date* Conversion Terms (e.g. pricing mechanism for determining conversion of instrument to shares) Name of Noteholder Reason for Issuance (e.g. Loan, Services, etc.)

07/16/2014

 

$10,750.14 $15,000.00 $750.14 07/16/2015 Convertible after one-year Conversion at $.00005 per share of Common Stock Nuemark Group LLC Shaun Diedrich Loan

10/01/2018

 

$5,000.00 $5,000.00 $0.00 10/01/2019 Convertible after one-year Conversion at $.00005 per share of Common Stock Bradley Wilson Loan
10/01/2018 $6,277.48 $6,000.00 $277.48 10/01/2019 Convertible after one-year Conversion at $.00005 per share of Common Stock Bradley Wilson Loan
10/05/2018 $10,453.70 $10,000.00 $453.70 10/05/2019 Convertible after one-year Conversion at $.00005 per share of Common Stock Bradley Wilson Loan
10/05/2018 $1,202.18 $1,150.00 $52.18 10/05/2019 Convertible after one-year Conversion at $.00005 per share of Common Stock Bradley Wilson Loan
10/05/2018 $9,408.33 $9,000.00 $408.33 10/05/2019 Convertible after one-year Conversion at $.00005 per share of Common Stock Bradley Wilson Loan
10/26/2018 $12,489.21 $12,000.00 $4489.21 10/26/2019 Convertible after one-year Conversion at $.00005 per share of Common Stock Bradley Wilson Loan
10/26/2018 $1,040.77 $1,000.00 $40.77 10/26/2009 Convertible after one-year Conversion at $.00005 per share of Common Stock Bradley Wilson Loan
10/26/2018 $9,599.00 $9,223.00 $376.00 10/26/2019 Convertible after one-year Conversion at $.00005 per share of Common Stock Bradley Wilson Loan
11/15/2018 $10,363.84 $10,000.00 $363.84 11/15/2019 Convertible after one-year Conversion at $.00005 per share of Common Stock Bradley Wilson Loan
  35  

 

 

12/11/2018 $10,925.26 $10,600.00 $325.26 12/11/2019 Convertible after one-year Conversion at $.00005 per share of Common Stock Bradley Wilson Loan
12/18/2018 $1,543.73 $1,500.00 $43.73 12/28/2019 Convertible after one-year Conversion at $.00005 per share of Common Stock Bradley Wilson Loan
12/17/2018 $10,293.70 $10,000.00 $293.70 12/17/2019 Convertible after one-year Conversion at $.00005 per share of Common Stock CDN Associates Shaun Diedrich Loan
01/16/2019 $5,113.97 $5,000.00 $113.97 01/16/2020 Convertible after one-year Conversion at $.00005 per share of Common Stock CDN Associates Shaun Diedrich Loan
02/06/2019 $25,454.79 $25,000.00 $454.79 02/06/2020 Convertible after one-year Conversion at $.00005 per share of Common Stock Nuemark Group Shaun Diedrich Loan
02/08/2019 $15,266.30 $15,000.00 $266.30 02/08/2020 Convertible after one-year Conversion at $.00005 per share of Common Stock Nuemark Group Shaun Diedrich Loan
02/22/2019 $15,220.27 $15,000.00 $220.27 02/22/2020 Convertible after one-year Conversion at $.00005 per share of Common Stock Nuemark Group Shaun Diedrich

 

Loan

03/06/2019 $2,000.01 $2,000.00 $0.01 03/06/2020 Convertible after one-year Conversion at $.00005 per share of Common Stock

Shaun Diedrich

 

Loan
3/18/2019 $12,113.10 $12,100.00 $113.10 3/18/2020 Conversion at 50% discount to the lowest price traded of the Common Stock during prior thirty trading days Bergamo Consulting LLC Craig Coaches Loan
3/27/2019 $42,722.00 $41,000 $1,722.00 3/27/2020 Conversion at 50% discount to the lowest price traded of the Common Stock during prior thirty trading days Bergamo Consulting LLC Craig Coaches Loan
4/2/2019 $10, 061.37 $10,000.00 $61.37 4/2/2020 Conversion at 50% discount to the lowest price traded of the Common Stock during prior thirty trading days Bergamo Consulting LLC Craig Coaches Loan
4/11/2019 $15,062.47 $15,000.00 $62.47 4/11/2020 Conversion at 50% discount to the lowest price traded of the Common Stock during prior thirty trading days Bergamo Consulting LLC Craig Coaches Loan
4/15/2019 $50,164.38 $50,000.00 $164.38 4/15/2020 Conversion at 50% discount to the lowest price traded of the Common Stock during prior thirty trading days Bergamo Consulting LLC Craig Coaches Loan
  36  

 

 

04/16/2019 $13,039.89 $13,000.00 $39.89 4/16/2020 Conversion at 50% discount to the lowest price traded of the Common Stock during prior thirty trading days Bergamo Consulting LLC Craig Coaches Loan
4/17/2019 $5,014.25 $5,000.00 $14.25 4/17/2020 Conversion at 50% discount to the lowest price traded of the Common Stock during prior thirty trading days Bergamo Consulting LLC Craig Coaches Loan
5/1/2019 $85,000.00 $85,000.00 $0.00 5/1/2020 Convertible after one-year Conversion at $.00005 per share of Common Stock Craig Coaches Loan
5/10/2019 $20,546.67 $20,000.00 $546.67 5/10/2020 Conversion at 50% discount to the lowest price traded of the Common Stock during prior thirty trading days Bergamo Consulting LLC Craig Coaches Loan
5/23/2019 $20,460.00 $20,000.00 $460.00 5/23/2020 Conversion at 50% discount to the lowest price traded of the Common Stock during prior thirty trading days Bergamo Consulting LLC Craig Coaches Loan
5/31/2019 $7,142.33 $7,000.00 $142.33 5/31/2020 Conversion at 50% discount to the lowest price traded of the Common Stock during prior thirty trading days Bergamo Consulting LLC Craig Coaches Loan
6/5/2019 $20,373.33 $20,000.00 $373.33 6/5/2020 Conversion at 50% discount to the lowest price traded of the Common Stock during prior thirty trading days Bergamo Consulting LLC Craig Coaches Loan
6/20/2019 $20,273.33 $20,000.00 $273.33 6/20/2020 Conversion at 50% discount to the lowest price traded of the Common Stock during prior thirty trading days Bergamo Consulting LLC Craig Coaches Loan
7/1/2019 $3,282.50 $3,250.00 $32.50 7/1/2019 Conversion at 50% discount to the lowest price traded of the Common Stock during prior thirty trading days Bergamo Consulting LLC Craig Coaches Loan
7/2/2019 $10,096.67 $10,000.00 $96.67 7/2/2020 Conversion at 50% discount to the lowest price traded of the Common Stock during prior thirty trading days Bergamo Consulting LLC Craig Coaches Loan
7/15/2019 $10,053.33 $10,000.00 $53.33 7/15/2020 Conversion at 50% discount to the lowest price traded of the Common Stock during prior thirty trading days Bergamo Consulting LLC Craig Coaches Loan
  37  

 

 

7/26/2019 $12,520.83 $12,500.00 $20.83 7/26/2020 Conversion at 50% discount to the lowest price traded of the Common Stock during prior thirty trading days Bergamo Consulting LLC Craig Coaches Loan
7/30/2019 $2,850.95 $2,850.00 $0.95 7/30/2020 Conversion at 50% discount to the lowest price traded of the Common Stock during prior thirty trading days Bergamo Consulting LLC Craig Coaches Loan

 

* The company’s July 16, 2014 note issued to Nuemark Group LLC matured on July 16, 2015. Accordingly, this note is in default and the holder of the note could bring an action against the company for its failure to pay the note when due.

However, we have obtained the non-binding verbal agreement of the noteholder to forbear against bringing any such action against us for a period expiring at the earliest on April 30, 2020. In addition, several convertible notes held by Bradley Wilson come due over the next few months. Mr. Wilson has similarly agreed (non-binding verbal agreement) to forbear against bringing any action against us for a period expiring at the earliest on April 30, 2020. No assurance can be given that either holder of our notes will forbear until April 30, 2020. Each such holder has the right to bring an action against us immediately and may be able to bring an action in bankruptcy court against us. Any such legal action would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, operations, and future prospects. below for further details.

Nuemark Group LLC Promissory Notes

As of July 31, 2019, we have issued an aggregate of $70,000 in principal amount of convertible promissory notes in favor Nuemark Group LLC. The aggregate outstanding unpaid principal and interest due under the notes is $ 66,691.50. The notes were issued in July 2014 and February 2019. Pursuant to their general terms, the notes mature on the one year anniversary of issuance. The interest on the unpaid principal balance is 8% per annum. Any outstanding unpaid principal balance following the maturity date will bear interest at a rate of 16% per annum. Nuemark Group LLC has the right to convert all or part of the outstanding and unpaid principal amounts under the notes into shares of Common Stock of the company at a conversion price of $0.00005 per share. The right to conversion is, however, limited such that Nuemark Group LLC and its affiliates may own no more than 9.99% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the company.

Bradley Wilson Promissory Notes

As of July 31, 2019, we have issued an aggregate of $75,473.00 in principal amount of convertible promissory notes in favor of Bradley Wilson. The aggregate outstanding unpaid principal and interest due under the notes is $78,303.50. The notes were issued from October through December 2018. Pursuant to their general terms, the notes mature on the one year anniversary of issuance. The interest on the unpaid principal balance is 8% per annum. Any outstanding unpaid principal balance following the maturity date will bear interest at a rate of 16% per annum. Bradley Wilson has the right to convert all or part of the outstanding and unpaid principal amounts under the notes into shares of Common Stock of the company at a conversion price of $0.00005 per share. The right to conversion is, however, limited such that Bradley Wilson and his affiliates may own no more than 9.99% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the company.

CDN Associates Promissory Notes

As of July 31, 2019, we have issued an aggregate of $15,000 in principal amount of convertible promissory notes in favor of CDN Associates (Shaun Diedrich). The aggregate outstanding unpaid principal and interest due under the notes is $15,407.67. The notes were issued in December 2018 and January 2019. Pursuant to their general terms, the notes mature on the one year anniversary of issuance. The interest on the unpaid principal balance is 8% per annum. Any outstanding unpaid principal balance following the maturity date will bear interest at a rate of 16% per annum. CDN Associates (Shaun Diedrich) has the right to convert all or part of the outstanding and unpaid principal amounts under the notes into shares of Common Stock of the company at a conversion price of $0.00005 per share. The right to conversion is, however, limited such that CDN Associates and its affiliates may own no more than 9.99% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the company.

  38  

 

Bergamo Consulting LLC Promissory Notes

As of July 31, 2019, we have issued an aggregate of $271,700 in principal amount of convertible redeemable promissory notes in favor of Bergamo Consulting LLC. The aggregate outstanding unpaid principal and interest due under the notes is $265,716. The notes were issued between March and August 2019. Pursuant to their general terms, the notes mature on the one year anniversary of issuance. The interest on the unpaid principal balance is 12% per annum. Bergamo Consulting LLC has the right to convert all or part of the outstanding and unpaid principal amounts under the notes into shares of Common Stock of the company at a discounted conversion price of 50% of the lowest trading price on the OTC Pink Market in the prior thirty (30) trading days. The right to conversion, is however, limited such that Bergamo Consulting LLC and its affiliates may own no more than 9.99% of a class of voting securities of the company while such note is outstanding.

Agreement to Issue Shares

We have agreed to issue to our outside corporate and securities counsel, Bevilacqua PLLC, 1,449,275 shares of our Common Stock on October 31, 2019 in consideration for such firm’s agreement to allow us to defer payment of a portion of the fees owed to it so long as such firm has not terminated its agreement to provide services to us as of such date.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The company has engaged Pacific Stock Transfer Company, Inc. as its transfer agent and registrar. Pacific Stock’s address is 6725 Via Austi Parkway, Suite 300, Las Vegas, NV 89119 and its telephone number is (800) 785-7782.

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

After giving effect to the completion of this offering, assuming we sell the maximum, we will have 276,887,533 shares of Common Stock outstanding. The 2,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, subject to the limitations on ownership set forth in our charter.

  39  

 

 

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Bevilacqua PLLC.

INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

We have agreed to issue to our legal counsel, Bevilacqua PLLC, 1,449,275 shares of our Common Stock on October 31, 2019 so long as such firm has not terminated its agreement to provide services to us as of such date in consideration for such firm’s agreement to defer a portion of its fees.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC an offering statement on Form 1-A under the Securities Act with respect to the Common Stock offered by this offering circular. This offering circular does not contain all of the information included in the offering statement, portions of which are omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information pertaining to us and the Common Stock to be sold in this offering, you should refer to the offering statement and its exhibits. Whenever we make reference in this offering circular to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the offering statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the offering statement or such other document, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. Upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the informational requirements of Tier 1 of Regulation A and will be required to file annual reports, semi-annual reports, current reports and other information with the SEC. We anticipate making these documents publicly available, free of charge, on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such documents with the SEC.

You can read the offering statement and our future filings with the SEC over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facility at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

  40  

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  Page
Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Months Ended April 30, 2019 F-1
Balance Sheets F-2
Statement of Operations F-3
Statement of Cash Flows F-4
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements F-5
Unaudited Financial Statements for the Years Ended July 31, 2018 and 2017 F-8
Balance Sheets F-8
Statement of Income and Retained Earning F-9
Statement of Stockholder’s Deficit F-10
Statement of Cash Flows F-11
Notes to the Financial Statements F-12

 

 

 

  F-1  

 

 

GREENE CONCEPTS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AT APRIL 30, 2019 & 2018

(UNAUDITED)

    2019   2018
ASSETS        
         
   CURRENT ASSETS                
                 
     Cash   $ 86,071     $ 7,994  
                 
    Accounts  Receivable     —         12,880  
                 
    Inventory     —         527,357  
                 
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS     86,071       548,231  
                 
    FIXED ASSETS-NET     3,202,254       —    
                 
    OTHER ASSETS                
                 
      Start-Up Costs-Net             285,305  
                 
     Utility Deposit     1,650       —    
                 
TOTAL ASSETS     3,289,975       833,536  
                 
LIABILITIES                
                 
     Accounts Payable     4,399       79,991  
                 
     Accrued Interest Payable     4,635       —    
                 
     Notes Payable (Note 2)     1,654,721       1,621,480  
                 
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES     1,663,755       1,701,471  
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES     1,663,755       1,701,471  
                 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)                
                 
Preferred Stock $.0001 par value 20,000,000 Authorized  10,000,000 issued, and outstanding at April 30, 2019 and April 30, 2018     1,000       —    
                 
Common Stock, $.0001 par value 3,000,000,000 Authorized 723,112,467 issued and outstanding at April 30,2018 and 3,000,000,000 Authorized  673,112,467 issued and outstanding at April 30,2018     72,311       718,960  
                 
Additional paid-in-capital             2,652,774  
                 
Retained earnings             (1,099,865 )
                 

TOTAL   STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)     1,621,220       (867,935 )
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)     3,289,975       833,536  
                 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.  

 

 

  F-2  

 

 

GREENE CONCEPTS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 2019 & 2018

(UNAUDITED)

 

    Three Months Ended
April 30,
  Nine Months Ended
April 30,
    2019   2018   2019   2018
REVENUES:                
                 
Sales     —       $ 5,113     $ 74,270     $ 22,412  
                                 
       TOTAL REVENUE     —         5,113       74,270       22,412  
                                 
COST OF SALES     —         425       13,320       913  
                                 
GROSS MARGIN     —         4,688       60,950       21,499  
                                 
OPERATING EXPENSES:                                
                                 
Administrative expenses     28,687       7,243       67,846       24,916  
                                 
Professional Fees     36,398       —         41,398       —    
                                 
Depreciation & Amortization     17,241       —         50,805       —    
                                 
      Total Operating expenses     82,326       7,243       160,049       24,916  
                                 
NET OPERATING INCOME/ (LOSS)     (82,326 )     (2,555 )     (99,099 )     (3,417 )
                                 
OTHER INCOME/(EXPENSE)                                
                                 
Other Income     269               269          
                                 
Finance and interest fees     (14,250 )     —         (14,250 )     —    
                                 
NET INCOME/ (LOSS)     (96,307 )   $ (2,555 )   $ (113,081 )   $ (3,417 )
                                 
Basic and Diluted Loss per Common Share     (.00013 )   $ (.000004 )   $ (.00015 )     (0.000005 )
                                 
Weighted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding     723,112,467       673,112,467       723,112,467       673,112,467  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

  F-3  

 

 

GREENE CONCEPTS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 2019 & 2018

(UNAUDITED)

 

    2019   2018
         
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES                
                 
     Net Income / (Loss)     (113,081 )     (3,417 )
                 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
By operating activities:
               
                 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
                 
     Write off of discontinued operations     370,782          
                 
     Depreciation and amortization     50,805          
                 
     (Increase)/decrease in accounts receivable     27,580          
                 
     Increase/ (decrease) in accounts payable     (85,050 )        
                 
     Increase/ (decrease) in accrued interest payable     4,635          
                 
     Increase/(decrease) in inventory     (453,216 )        
                 
NET CASH PROVIDED (USED) BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES     (197,545 )     (3,417 )
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES                
                 
     Investment in Fixed Assets     (1,371,145 )        
                 
     NET CASH PROVIDED (USED) BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES     (1,371,145 )        
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES                
                 
     (Decrease)/Increase in notes payable     1,644,721       3,565  
                 
     NET CASH PROVIDED (USED) BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES     1,644,721       3,565  
                 
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH     76,031       (148 )
                 
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD     10,040       8,142  
                 
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD     86,071       7,994  
                 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION                
                 
     Stock issued to raise capital   $ 5,000          


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

 

  F-4  

 

GREENE CONCEPTS, INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2019

(UNAUDITED)

 

NOTE 1 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

A. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS

NOTE A – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

This summary of significant accounting policies of Greene Concepts, Inc. (the Company) is presented to assist in understanding the Company’s financial statements. The financial statements and notes are representations of the Company’s management who is responsible for the integrity and objectivity of the financial statements. These accounting policies conform to generally accepted accounting principles and have been consistently applied in the preparation of the financial statements.

 

Nature of Operations

Greene Concepts, Inc. is headquartered in the City of Fresno, California and has been in service for fifty-eight years. The Company manufactured and distributed a line of 25 high quality consumer focused inkjet kits. The Company has recently divested itself of these operations and have acquired a facility that will be focused on production of a variety of beverage product lines including, but not limited to CBD infused beverages, spring and artesian water, as well as enhanced athletic drinks in addition to other product offerings The Company has prepared these financial statements on the accrual basis of accounting.

 

B. BASIS OF ACCOUNTING

The Company utilizes the accrual method of accounting, whereby revenue is recognized when earned and expenses when incurred. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information. As such, the financial statements do not include all of the information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included and these adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. The results of operations for the Three months ended April 30, 2019 and 2018 are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full fiscal year ending July 31, 2018.

 

C. USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

D. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand; cash in banks and any highly liquid investments with maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalent balances at several financial institutions, which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $250,000.

 

E. FIXED ASSETS Fixed assets are carried at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method of depreciation over the assets estimated useful lives. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred; major renewals and improvements are capitalized. When items of fixed assets are sold or retired, the related cost and accumulated depreciation is removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is included in income. In February, 2019 the Company acquired Mammoth Ventures Inc. which included all assets owned by Mammoth including the Marion, North Carolina facility and all bottling equipment and other assets formerly known as the North Cove Springs Bottling and Beverage from BNL Capital LLC. The facility is valued at a third party appraisal and is depreciated in accordance with that valuation.

  F-5  

 

 

 

GREENE CONCEPTS, INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2019

(UNAUDITED)

 

NOTE A - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

 

F. COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE

Net income per share is computed by dividing the net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.

 

F. INCOME TAXES

In February 1992, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement on Financial Accounting Standards 109 of "Accounting for Income Taxes." Under Statement 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.

 

G. REVENUE RECOGNITION

Revenue for license fees is recognized upon the execution and closing of the contract for the amount of the contract. Contract fees are generally due based upon various progress milestones. Revenue from contract payments are estimated and accrued as earned. Any adjustments between actual contract payments and estimates are made to current operations in the period they are determined.

 

H. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments”, requires disclosures of information about the fair value of certain financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate the value. For purpose of this disclosure, the fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced sale or liquidation. The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet for cash, accounts receivable, inventory, accounts payable and accrued expenses, and loans payable approximate their fair market value based on the short-term maturity of these instruments.

 

 

  F-6  

 

 

 

NOTE 2 –NOTES AND OTHER LOANS PAYABLE

CONVERTIBLE NOTES

 

Date Name Principal Interest Rate

Maturity Date

 

July 16, 2014 The Nuemark Group, LLC $15,000.00 8.00% APR July 16, 2015
October 1, 2018 Bradley Wilson $6,000.00 8.00% APR October 1, 2019
October 5, 2018 Bradley Wilson $1,150.00 8.00% APR   October 5, 2019
October 5, 2018 Bradley Wilson $9,000.00 8.00% APR October 5, 2019
October 5, 2018   Bradley Wilson $10,000.00 8.00% APR October 5, 2019
October 26, 2018 Bradley Wilson $1,000.00 8.00% APR October 26, 2019
October 26, 2018 Bradley Wilson $9,223.00 8.00% APR October 26, 2019
October 26, 2018 Bradley Wilson $12,000.00 8.00% APR October 26, 2019
November 15, 2018 Bradley Wilson $10,000.00 8.00% APR November 15, 2019
December 11, 2018 Bradley Wilson $10,600.00 8.00% APR December 11, 2019
December 17, 2018 CDN Associates, LLC $10,000.00 8.00% APR December 18, 2019
December 18, 2018   Bradley Wilson $1,500.00 8.00% APR December 17, 2019
January 16,2019 CDN Associates, LLC $5,000.00 8.00% APR January 16, 2020
February 6, 2019 Nuemark Group LLC $25,000.00 8.00% APR February 6,2020
February 8, 2019 Nuemark Group LLC $15,000.00 8.00% APR February 8,2020
February 22, 2019 Nuemark Group LLC $15,000.00 8.00% APR  February 22,2020
March 6, 2019 Shaun Diedrich $2,000.00 8.00% APR  March 6, 2020
March 18, 2019 Bergamo Consulting LLC $12,000.00 8.00% APR  March 18, 2020
April 2, 2019 Bergamo Consulting LLC $10,000.00 8.00% APR April 2, 2020
April 11,2019 Bergamo Consulting LLC $15,000.00 8.00% APR April 11,2020
April 15, 2019 Bergamo Consulting LLC $50,000.00 8.00% APR April 15,2020
April 16,2019 Bergamo Consulting LLC $13,000.00 8.00% APR April 16,2020
April 17, 2019 Bergamo Consulting LLC $5,000.00 8.00% APR April 17, 2020
April 30, 2019 Bergamo Consulting LLC $85,000.00 8.00% APR April 30, 2020

 

 

NOTE 3- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent events were evaluated through June 21, 2019, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued. There were no events that would require additional disclosure at the time of financial statement presentation.

 

  F-7  

 

 

 

                                                              GREENE CONCEPTS, INC.      
                                                             CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET      
                                                          JULY 31, 2018 AND 2017      

 

    2018   2017
ASSETS        
Current Assets                
Cash in Bank   $ 10,040     $ 8,142  
Accounts Receivable     27,580       12,880  
Inventory     453,216       527,357  
Employee Advance     —         —    
Total Current Assets     490,836       548,379  
Property and Equipment                
Machinery & Equipment     8,164       8,164  
Website Development     16,441       16,441  
Less Accumulated Depreciation     (24,605 )     (24,605 )
Total Property and Equipment     —         —    
Other Assets                
Start Up Costs     1,006,942       1,006,942  
Less Accumulated Amortization     (788,766 )     (721,637 )
Total Other Assets     218,176       285,305  
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 709,012     $ 833,684  
  LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                
Current Liabilities                
Accounts Payable   $ 89,449     $ 76,531  
Payroll Taxes Payable     —         2,668  
Sales Tax Payable -             792  
Shareholder Loans     1,466,835       1,045,827  
Total Current Liabilities     1,556,284       1,125,818  
Long-Term Debt     113,000       572,000  
Stockholders' Equity                
Capital Stock     718,960       718,960  
Retained Earnings     (1,679,232 )     (1,583,094 )

Total Stockholders' Equity     (960,272 )     (864,134 )
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY   $ 709,012     $ 833,684  

 

  F-8  

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME AND RETAINED EARNINGS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

 

    2018   2017
Revenue   $ 50,160     $ 33,518  
Sales                
Cost of Goods Sold                
Materials     25,849       12,340  
Total Cost of Goods Sold     25,849       12,340  
Gross Profit     24,311       21,178  
Expenses
Advertising
    —         —    
Amortization     67,129       67,129  
Auto and Truck     6,383       10,021  
Bank Charges     1,704       1,964  
Commissions Computer & Internet     (1,697 )     (2,246 )
Depreciation     260       —    
Dues and Subscriptions     —         348  
Insurance Interest Expense
Marketing & Promotion
    1,905      

1,701

(294)

 
Office Expense     2,051       3,843  
Outside Services     951       3,189  
Payroll     (1,115 )     (1,160 )
Postage & Delivery                
Professional Fees     12,918       (10,586 )
Rent     20,675       22,825  
Repairs & Maintenance
Supplies
    126       75  
Taxes & Licenses     —         530  
Telephone     1,214       3,008  
Travel & Entertainment     1,351       4,569  
Utilities
Website Development
    970       1,584  
Total Expenses     120,449       113,900  
Net Income     (96,138 )     (92,722 )
BEGINNING RETAINED EARNINGS     (1,583,094 )     (1,490,372 )
ENDING RETAINED EARNINGS   $ (1,679,232 )   $ (1,583,094 )
  F-9  

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
JULY 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

 

    COMMON   RETAINED        
    STOCK   EARNINGS   OTHER   TOTAL
                 
                 
BALANCE, July 31, 2017   $ 718,960.00     $ (1,583,094.00 )           $ (864,134.00 )
PROCEEDS FROM SALE OF STOCK     —                         —    
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME                                
                                 
Net income (Loss)             (96,138.00)                  
                                 
Other Comprehensive Income                                   
                                 
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE     —         (96,138.00)       —         (96,138.00)  
INCOME                                
DIVIDENDS DECLARED                                
BALANCE, July 31, 2018   $ 718,960.00     $ (1,679,232.00 )   $ 0.00     $ (960,272.00 )
                                 
                                 
                                 
BALANCE, July 31, 2016   $ 718,960.00     $ (1,490,372.00 )           $ (771,412.00 )
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME                                
 PROCEEDS FROM SALE OF STOCK                                
Net income (Loss)             (92,722.00 )                
                                 
Other Comprehensive Income                                   
                                 
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE     —         (92,722.00 )             (92,722.00)  
INCOME                                
DIVIDENDS DECLARED                                
BALANCE, July 31, 2017   $ 718,960.00     $ (1,583,094.00 )   $ 0.00     $ (864,134.00 )

 

  F-10  

 

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 2018 AND 2017

    2018   2017
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES                
Net Income (Loss)   ($ 96,138 )   ($ 92,722 )
Adjustments to reconcile change in net assets to net cash provided by operating activities                
Amortization     67,129       67,129  
Depreciation     —         —    
Changes in:                
Accounts receivable     (14,700 )     (2,884 )
Inventory     74,141       9,699  
Employee Advance Accounts payable     —         —    
Accounts payable     (12,918 )     (10,586 )
Payroll Taxes Payable     (2,668 )     —    
Sales tax Payable     (792 )     —    
Net cash provided by operating activities     39,890       (29,364 )
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES                
Capital Stock Investment     —         —    
Capital Stock Redemption     —         —    
Net cash used for investing activities     —         —    
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES                
New Long-term Debt     15,000       —    
Loan Payments To Shareholder     —         —    
Loans from Shareholder     (52,992 )     35,396  
Reclassify Personal Loans From Long Term Debt     441,000       —    
Reclassify Personal Loans to Shareholder Loans     (441,000 )     —    
Payments on notes payable     —         —    
Net cash used for financing activities     (37,992 )     35,396  
INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS     1,898       6,032  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AS OF BEGINNING OF THE PERIOD   $ 8,142     $ 2,110  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AS OF END OF THE PERIOD   $ 10,040     $ 8,142  
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION                

Cash paid during the year for:

               
Interest   $ —         —    

 

 See accompanying notes and accountants' report.

 

  F-11  

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS JULY 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

NOTE A – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

This summary of significant accounting policies of Greene Concepts, Inc. (the Company) is presented to assist in understanding the Company’s financial statements. The financial statements and notes are representations of the Company’s management who is responsible for the integrity and objectivity of the financial statements. These accounting policies conform to generally accepted accounting principles and have been consistently applied in the preparation of the financial statements.

 

Nature of Operations

 

Greene Concepts, Inc. is headquartered in the City of Fresno, California and has been in service for fifty -eight years. The Company manufactures and distributes a line of 25 high quality consumer focused inkjet kits. The Company has prepared these financial statements on the accrual basis of accounting.

 

Use of Estimates

 

Management uses estimates and assumptions in preparing financial statements. Those estimated and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers deposits in banks and other investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

 

Accounts Receivable

 

Accounts receivables are recorded at the amount the Company expects to collect on balances outstanding at year-end. Management closely monitors outstanding balances and writes off any balances they deem uncollectible by the time the financial statements are issued. As of July 31, 2018 and 2017, accounts receivable totaled $27,580 and $12,880. There is no allowance for bad debts.

 

Machinery and Equipment

 

Acquisitions of machinery and equipment in excess of $1,000 are capitalized. Machinery and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the modified accelerated cost recovery system and amounted to $ -0- for the year ended July 31, 2018 and $ -0- , for the year ended July 31, 2017.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company has loss carryforwards totaling $1,615,948 that may be offset against future taxable income. If not used, the carryforwards will expire as follows:

Operating Losses

Year 8 $ 374
Year 9 $ 129,509
Year 10 $ 171,192
Year 11 $ 45,376
Year 12 $ 108,638
Year 13 $ 371,181
Year 14 $ 108,850
Year 15 $ 82,212
Year 16 $ 240,485
Year 17 $ 86,059
Year 18 $ 86,173
Year 19 $ 90,437
Year 20 $ 95,462
  F-12  

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company recognizes revenue as the service has been provided. The Company records all amounts in accordance with the agreed upon billing rate with the Client and Company.

 

 

BUSINESS CONSOLIDATIONS

 

On September 15, 2010, Greene Concepts, Inc. purchased 100% of the stock of Accubrite, Inc. for $100,000 in the form of preferred stock of Greene Concepts, Inc. On March 24, 2011, Inkway, Inc. was incorporated. The attached financial statements include the activities of both Accubrite, Inc. and Inkway, Inc.

 

 

NOTE B – SHAREHOLDER LOANS

 

As of July 31, 2018 and July 31, 2017, the Company had the following shareholder loan payable to Leonard Greene. The shareholder loan is a noninterest-bearing, unsecured obligation, due upon demand.

 

$ 1,466,835 $ 1,045,827

 

NOTE C – LONG-TERM DEBT

 

Notes payable to various individuals are all noninterest-bearing unsecured obligations, due on demand.

 

$ 113,000 $ 572,000

 

Maturities of long term notes payable for the next five years are as follows:

 

 

  July 31, 2019     $ -0-  
  July 31, 2020     $ -0-  
  July 31, 2021     $ -0-  
  July 31, 2022     $ -0-  
  July 31, 2023     $ -0-  
  Thereafter     $ 113,000  
  Total     $ 113,000  

 

 

 

CONVERTIBLE NOTES

 

Date Name Principal Interest Rate Maturity Date
January 13, 2012 The Nuemark Group, LLC $98,000.00 25.000% APR January 13, 2013
July 16, 2014 The Nuemark Group, LLC $15,000.00 8.00% APR July 16, 2015

 

 

6) Describe the Issuer’s Business, Products and Services

 

A. DESCRIPTION OF THE ISSUER’S BUSINESS OPERATIONS;

 

Greene Concepts is an ink technology manufacturing and distribution company that manufactures and distributes a line of high quality consumer focused inkjet refill kits through our subsidiaries INKWAY USA and AccuBrite, Inc., allowing customers to reduce their carbon footprints by encouraging them not to discard cartridges into polluting landfills.

  F-13  

 

B. DATE AND STATE (OR JURISDICTION) OF INCORPORATION: August 18, 1952

 

C. THE ISSUER’S SIC CODES; 2678 - Stationery Products
D. THE ISSUER’S FISCAL YEAR END DATE; 7/31
E. PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS OR SERVICES, AND THEIR MARKETS;

 

INKWAY USA is a consumer direct marketing ink and toner technology Distribution Company which markets and sells over 1000 advanced and exceptional proprietary ink and toner "Do It Yourself" Refilling Systems and other products for all inkjet and toner cartridges. The most expensive liquid in the world is ink and consumer resellers are in the perfect place to take advantage of this. INKWAY USA's model is consumer direct marketing and our design ensures long-term growth and stability, Marketing, sales, and fulfillment for retail products are coordinated at Greene Concepts Corporate offices in Fresno, California.

Consumers and businesses save thousands of dollars annually with our products. INKWAY USA will also compete in the global market place by marketing and signing distributors in Europe, North America, and Asia. INKWAY USA is now ready to grow exponentially with their soon-to-be released proprietary Synergy Distributor Program (SDP) and take a large stake in the over $70 billion per year ink and toner industry through an unparalleled, innovative marketing strategy that utilizes virtually no competition - all while offering unmatched cost savings and product quality for individual ink and toner consumers and large businesses alike.

 

In November 2015, the Company announced plans to establish a technology-driven nationwide network of its INKWAY USA Refill Stations(TM), by leveraging its existing reseller infrastructure and industry expertise in refilling and remanufacturing Inkjet Printer Cartridges.

 

In addition, the Company’s subsidiary, AccuBrite, Inc., is an ink technology, manufacturing, and distribution company. AccuBrite, Inc. has developed several "Do It Yourself Ink Cartridge Refilling Systems" for HP, Lexmark, and Canon and Epson inkjet cartridges, All refilling tools, accessories, filling stations and an interactive CD-ROM instruction manual are included with our kits. AccuBrite Inc. manufactures and distributes a line of 25 high quality consumer focused inkjet refill kits. Our product line has grown to include over 750 products in the inkjet and laser printer industry.

 

Each of our products is designed around the simple concept that crisp, clear, clean, long lasting documents and images should be easy, affordable and available to everyone with an

  F-14  

 

inkjet printer. Consumers can now save thousands of dollars annually without replacing their inkjet cartridges by using AccuBrite, Inc.'s refill kits.

 

"Freelnk4LifeTM" is a complete "no mess" inkjet refilling system. Pull out your inkjet cartridge; refill it with ink, and put it back into your printer to save a lot of money along the way! This refill kit gives you over $500.00 in value of inkjet cartridge refills. Each kit is easy to use and saves hundreds of dollars compared to the purchase of new inkjet cartridges. Five easy to use refill stations are compatible with almost all the leading manufacturer cartridges.

 

 

7) Describe the Issuer’s Facilities

 

The Issuer leases operational space in California's Central Valley, including space in Fresno and Clovis, California.

 

8) Officers, Directors, and Control Persons

 

A. Management.

 

Leonard M. Greene CEO, Secretary, & Chairman Jeff Durant Director

Mark Aguilar Director

 

B. Legal/Disciplinary History.

 

In the last five years, no person identified above has been the subject of: (1) a conviction in a criminal proceeding or named as a defendant in a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses); (2) the entry of an order, judgment or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, by a court of competent jurisdiction that permanently or temporarily enjoined, barred, suspended or otherwise limited such person's involvement in any type of business, securities, commodities or banking activities; (3) a finding or judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction (in a civil action), the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or a state securities regulator of a violation of federal or state securities or commodities law, which finding or judgment has not been reversed, suspended or vacated; or (4) the entry of an order by a self-regulatory organization that permanently or temporarily barred suspended or otherwise limited such person's involvement in any type of business or securities activities.

 

 

C. Beneficial Shareholders.      

LEONARD M. GREENE 1865 HERNDON AVE SUITE K-358

CLOVIS, CA 93611

CLASS: Preferred Series A 10,000,000 Shares -- 100%
MADELINE KAYE CLASS: Common Stock -- 43%
  F-15  

 

 

855 BIG ROCK RUN SOMERSET, KY 42501   445,000,000 Shares

KEITH KRAEMER 3114 WILLOW AVE

#2

CLOVIS, CA 93612

CLASS: Common Stock -- 23%
9) Third Party Providers

 

Please provide the name, address, telephone number, and email address of each of the following outside providers that advise your company on matters relating to operations, business development and disclosure:

 

Accountant or Auditor

Name: Jaribu W. Nelson

Firm: JWN Accountancy

Address 1: 7080 N Whitney Ave Suite 103

Address 2: Fresno, CA 93720

Phone: (559) 286-7546

 

 

10) Issuer Certification

 

The issuer shall include certifications by the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of the issuer (or any other persons with different titles, but having the same responsibilities).

 

The certifications shall follow the format below:

 

I, Leonard M. Greene certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report of Greene Concepts, Inc;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this disclosure statement does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this disclosure statement; and

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included or incorporated by reference in this disclosure statement, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this disclosure statement.

 

/s/ LEONARD M. GREENE

 

Leonard M. Greene CEO & Chairman

 

 

  F-16  

 

 

PART III – EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit Index 

 

Exhibit No.   Description
2.1*   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Greene Concepts, Inc., dated April 13, 2011
2.2*   Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of Greene Concepts, Inc., dated July 18, 2011
2.3*   Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of Greene Concepts, Inc., dated July 6, 2012
2.4*   Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of Greene Concepts, Inc., dated December 19,  2014
2.5*   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Greene Concepts, Inc.
3.1*     Form of Nuemark Group LLC, Bradley Wilson, and CDN Associates Promissory Notes
3.2*   Form of Bergamo Consulting LLC Promissory Notes
4.1*    Form of Subscription Agreement
6.1*   Stock Purchase Acquisition Agreement and Merger Agreement and Promissory Note Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2019, by and between Greene Concepts, Inc. and BNL Capital LLC
6.2*   Contract Services Agreement, dated January 18, 2019, by and between Greene Concepts, Inc. and Karen Howard
6.3*   Contract Services Agreement, dated February 5, 2019, by and between Greene Concepts, Inc. and Dr. Susan Hewlings
6.4*   Contract Services Agreement, dated February 5, 2019, by and between Greene Concepts, Inc. and Dr. Douglas Kalman
6.5*   Contract Services Agreement, dated March 30, 2019, by and between Greene Concepts, Inc. and Dr. William Rowe
6.6*   Contract Services Agreement, dated April 12, 2019, by and between Greene Concepts, Inc. and Dr. Lane Phillips
11.1**   Consent of Bevilacqua PLLC (included in Exhibit 12.1)
12.1**   Opinion of Bevilacqua PLLC

 

* Filed herewith.

** To be filed by amendment.

 

 

 

  F-17  

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Regulation A, the issuer certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 1-A and has duly caused this offering statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Washington, District of Columbia, on October 2, 2019.

 

GREENE CONCEPTS, INC.

 

  By: /s/ Karen Howard
   

Karen Howard

Chief Executive Officer & Director

 

This offering statement has been signed by the following persons, in the capacities, and on the dates indicated.

SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
     
/s/ Karen Howard   Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer and principal financial and accounting officer) October 2, 2019
Karen Howard    
     
       

  F-18  

 

  

 

Exhibit 2.1

  

110413000666

 

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

GREENE CONCEPTS, INCORPORATED

 

Under Section 807 of the Business Corporation Law

 

The undersigned, Leonard M. Greene, being the Chief Executive Officer of Greene Concepts, Incorporated, does hereby certify:

 

(1)          The name of the corporation is Greene Concepts, Incorporated (the “Corporation”).

 

If the name of the corporation has been changed, the name under it was formed is: Tech-Ohm Resistor Corporation.

 

(2)          The date of filing of the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation with the Department of State is: August 18, 1952.

 

(3)          The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended to effect the following amendments authorized by the Business Corporation Law of the State of New York:

 

To amend Paragraph “FOURTH” to effect a change in the aggregate number of shares the Corporation has the authority to issue. The Corporation is currently authorized to issue 5,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001, and no shares of preferred stock. By this amendment the number of shares the Corporation is authorized to issued will be increased to 10,020,000,000 shares, with 10,000,000,000 shares, par value $0.001, designated as common stock and 20,000,000 shares, par value $0.001, designated as preferred stock, with Board of Directors of the Corporation being vested with the authority to create classes of preferred stock, as they deem in the best interests of the Corporation and to determine the rights, preferences and limitations of any series of preferred stock. The preferred shares are being added because currently the Corporation only has common stock authorized.

 

To amend Paragraph “FIFTH’’ to change the Corporation’s address for service of process.

 

 

 

(4)           The text of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby restated as amended to read in full as herein set forth:

 

FIRST:           The name of the corporation is. Greene Concepts, Incorporated (the “Corporation”).

 

SECOND:      This Corporation is formed to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Business Corporation Law, provided that it is not formed to engage in any act or activity requiring the consent or approval of any state official, department, board, agency or other body.

 

THIRD:          The county within this state in which the office of the Corporation is to be located is the County of Queens, State of New York.

 

FOURTH:      The total number of shares which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is Ten Billion Twenty Million (10,020,000,000) shares, par value $0.001. This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares of stock. to be designated as “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock”. The total number of shares of Common Stock which this Corporation is authorized to issue is Ten Billion (10,000,000,000) shares, par value $0.001. The total number of shares of Preferred Stock which this Corporation is authorized to issue is Twenty Million (20,000,000) shares, par value $0.001. The shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) is expressly authorized to provide for the issue of all or any of the shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations preferences, and relative, participating. optional, or other rights and such qualifications limitations, or restrictions thereof; as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issue of such shares(a “Preferred Stock Designation”) and as may be permitted by the New York’s Business Corporation Law. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issue of shares of that series. In case the number of shares of any such series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

 

FIFTH:           The Secretary of State is designated as the agent of the Corporation upon whom process against the Corporation may be served. The post office address within the State of New York to which the Secretary of State shall mail a copy of any process accepted on behalf of the Corporation is Registered Agent Solutions,99 Washington Avenue, Suite 1008,Albany, New York, 12260.

 

SIXTH:           No shareholder of the Corporation shall, by reason of his shareholdings, have any preemptive right to purchase, subscribe to, or have first offered to him any shares of any class of the Corporation, presently or subsequently authorized, or any notes, debentures, bonds, or other securities of the Corporation convertible into, or carrying options or warrants to purchase share of any class, presently or subsequently authorized (whether or not the issuance of any such shares, or such notes, debentures, bonds or other securities, would adversely affect the dividend or voting rights of such shareholder), other than such rights, if any, as the Board of Directors, in its discretion, from time to time may grant, and at such prices as the Board of Directors in its discretion may fix, and the Board of Directors may issue shares of any class of the Corporation, or any notes, debentures, bonds or other securities convertible into, or carrying options or warrants to purchase shares of any class without offering any such shares of any class, either in whole or in part, to the existing shareholders of any class.

 

-2-

 

 

SEVENTH:    The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, proceeding or suit (including one by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor), whether civil or criminal, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise in any capacity at the request of the Corporation, against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and expenses, including attorneys’ fees. actually incurred as a result of or in connection with any such action, proceeding or suit, or any appeal therefrom, if such director or officer acted in good faith for a purpose which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, in criminal actions or proceedings, in addition, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful; provided, however. that no indemnification shall be made to or on behalf of any director or officer if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the director or officer establishes that his acts were committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or that he personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he was not legally entitled.

 

EIGHTH:        Directors of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for any breach of duty in such capacity; provided, however, that this provision shall not operate so as to eliminate or limit (i) the liability of any director if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to him establishes that his acts or omissions were in bad faith or involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or that he personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he was not legally entitled or that his acts violated Section 719 of the New York Business Corporation Law, or (ii) the liability of any director for any act or omission prior to the date on which this Paragraph EIGHTH became effective.

 

(5)       This restatement of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation was authorized by the Corporation’s Board of Directors and by written consent of a majority of all outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock entitled to vote thereon, by written consent in lieu of a meeting of shareholders.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed this Certificate as of the 12th day of April, 2011, and I affirm the statements contained herein as true under penalties of perjury.

 

 
  Leonard M. Greene
  Chief Executive Officer

 

-3-

 

Exhibit 2.2

 

063

 

110718000

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF THE

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

GREENE CONCEPTS, INCORPORATED

 

(Pursuant to Section 805 of the New York Business Corporation Law)

 

The undersigned, Leonard M. Greene, being the Chief Executive Officer of Greene Concepts, Incorporated, does hereby certify:

 

(1)          The name of the corporation is Greene Concepts, Incorporated (the “Corporation”).

 

If the name of the corporation has been changed, the name under it was formed is: Tech-Ohm Resistor Corporation.

 

(2)          The date of filing of the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation with the Department of State is: August 18, 1952.

 

(3)          The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended to effect the following amendments authorized by the Business Corporation Law of the State of New York:

 

To amend Paragraph “FOURTH” to create a new series of convertible preferred stock entitled “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock,” with Ten Million (10,000,000) shares authorized and the following rights: (i) dividend rights equal to the dividend rights of the Corporation’s common stock; (ii) liquidation preference over the Corporation’s common stock; (iii) each share of Series·A Convertible Preferred Stock will be convertible into One Hundred (100) shares of the Corporation’s common stock; (iv) no redemption rights; (v) no call rights by the Corporation; (vi) each share of Series A Convertible Preferred stock will have One Thousand (1,000) votes on all matters validly brought to the Corporation’s common stockholders; and (vii) mandatory approval by a majority of the Series A Convertible Preferred stockholders for certain change of control transactions. The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is being created to enable to the Corporation to pay some of its outstanding obligations without immediate dilution to the holders of its common stock.

 

(4)          The “FOURTH” Paragraph of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation relating to the Corporation’s authorized stock is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“FOURTH:     The total number of shares which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is Ten Billion Twenty Million (10,020,000,000) shares, par value $0.001. This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares of stock to be designated as “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock”. The total number of shares of Common Stock which this Corporation is authorized to issue is Ten Billion (10,000,000,000) shares, par value $0.001. The total number of shares of Preferred Stock which this Corporation is authorized to issue is Twenty Million (20,000,000) shares, par value $0.001. The shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) is expressly authorized to provide for the issue of all or any of the shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issue of such shares (a “Preferred Stock Designation”) and as may be permitted by the New York’s Business Corporation Law. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease (but not below the · number of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issue of shares of that series. In case the number of shares of any such series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

 

GCI Revised Certificate of Amendment - Series A Preferred (00047990)

Page 1 of 8  

 

 

Pursuant to the following Preferred Designation, the Board of Directors of the Corporation has approved the following Preferred Stock Designation for a series of preferred stock consisting of 10,000,000 shares and designated it as the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, with the following rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions:

 

1.            Definitions. For purposes of this Certificate of Designation for the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, the following definitions shall apply:

 

1.1          “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

1.2          “Corporation” shall mean Greene Concepts, Incorporated, a New York corporation.

 

1.3          “Common Stock” shall mean the Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Corporation.

 

1.4          “Common Stock Dividend” shall mean a stock dividend declared and paid on the Common Stock that is payable in shares of Common Stock.

 

1.5          “Distribution” shall mean the transfer of cash or property by the Corporation to one or more of its stockholders without consideration, whether by dividend or otherwise (except a dividend in shares of Corporation’s stock).

 

1.6          “Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series A Preferred Stock is issued by the Corporation.

 

GCI Revised Certificate of Amendment - Series A Preferred (00047990)

Page 2 of 8  

 

 

1.7          “Series A Preferred Stock” shall mean the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Corporation.

 

1.8          “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation or limited liability Corporation of which at least fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock or membership interests, as the case may be, is at the time owned directly or indirectly by the Corporation or by one or more of such subsidiary corporations.

 

2.            Dividend Rights.

 

2.1          Cash Dividends. In each calendar year, the holders of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board, out of any funds and assets of the Company legally available therefore, noncumulative dividends in an amount equal to any dividends or other Distribution on the Common Stock in such calendar year (other than a Common Stock Dividend). No dividends (other than a Common Stock Dividend) shall be paid, and no Distribution shall be made, with respect to the Common Stock unless dividends in such amount shall have been paid or declared and set apart for payment to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock simultaneously. Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock shall not be mandatory or cumulative, and no rights or interest shall accrue to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that the Company shall fail to declare or pay dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock, except for such rights or interest that may arise as a result of the Company paying a dividend or making a Distribution on the Common Stock in violation of the terms of this Section 2.

 

2.2          No Participation Rights. Dividends shall be declared pro rata on the Common Stock and the Series A Preferred Stock on a pari passu basis according to the number of shares of Common Stock held by such holders, where each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock is to be treated for this purpose as holding the number of shares of Common Stock to which the holders thereof would be entitled if they converted their shares of Series A Preferred Stock at the time of such dividend in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 

2.3          Non-Cash Dividends. Whenever a dividend or Distribution provided for in this .section 2 shall be payable in property other than cash (other than a Common Stock Dividend), the value of such dividend or Distribution shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board.

 

3.            Liquidation.Rights. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; whether voluntary or involuntary, the funds and assets of the Company that may be legally distributed to the Company’s shareholders (the “Available Funds and Assets”) shall be distributed to shareholders in the following manner:

 

3.1          Series A Preferred Stock. The holders of each share of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, out of the Available Funds and Assets, and prior and in preference to any payment or distribution (or any setting apart of any payment or distribution) of any Available Funds and Assets on any shares of Common Stock or subsequent series of preferred stock, an amount per share equal to the amount that would be paid to One Hundred (100) shares of common stock plus all accrued but unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock. If upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the Available Funds and Assets shall be insufficient to permit the payment to holders of the Series A Preferred Stock of their full preferential amount as described in this subsection, then all of the remaining Available Funds and Assets shall be distributed among the holders of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock pro rata, according to the number of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by each holder thereof.

 

GCI Revised Certificate of Amendment - Series A Preferred (00047990)

Page 3 of 8  

 

 

3.2          Merger or Sale of Assets. A reorganization or any other consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation, or any other sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, shall not be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company within the meaning of this Section 3, and the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled only to (i) the right provided in any agreement or plan governing the reorganization or other consolidation, merger or sale of assets transaction, (ii) the rights contained in the General Corporation Law of New York and (iii) the rights contained in other Sections hereof.

 

3.3          Non-Cash Consideration. If any assets of the Company distributed to shareholders in connection with any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company are other than cash, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value as determined by the Board, except that any securities to be distributed to shareholders in a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company shall be valued as follows:

 

(a) The method of valuation of securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability shall be as follows:

 

(i) if the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange or the Nasdaq National Market (or a similar national quotation system), then the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the ten (10) day period ending three (3) days prior to the distribution; and,

 

(ii) if actively traded over-the-counter, then the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the ten (10) day period ending three (3) days prior to the distribution; and

 

(iii) if there is no active public market, then the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined mutually in good faith by (i) the Board of Directors of the Company and (ii) the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock acting as a group. In the event the Company and the holders cannot mutually agree upon a value, then the Company and the holders will hire a mutually acceptable third party licensed business valuation expert paid for equally by both parties to assist the Company and the holders in determining a value, which value must ultimately be agreed to by both the Board and the holders.

 

GCI Revised Certificate of Amendment - Series A Preferred (00047990)

Page 4 of 8  

 

 

(b)          The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in subparagraphs (a)(i), (ii) or (iii) of this subsection to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof.

 

4.            Conversion Rights.

 

(a)          Conversion of Preferred Stock. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time or from time to time after one (1) year from the issuance of such share, into One Hundred (100) shares of Common Stock of the Company.

 

(b)          Procedures for Exercise of Conversion Rights. The holders of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock may exercise their conversion rights as to all such shares or any part thereof by delivering to the Company during regular business hours, at the office of any transfer agent of the Company for the Series A Preferred Stock, or at the principal office of the Company or at such other place as may be designated by the Company, the certificate or certificates for the shares to be converted, duly endorsed for transfer to the Company (if required by the Company), accompanied by written notice stating that the holder elects to convert such shares. Conversion shall be deemed to have been effected on the date when such delivery is made, and such date is referred to herein as the “Conversion Date.” As promptly· as practicable after the Conversion Date, but not later than ten (10) business days thereafter, the Company shall issue and deliver to or upon the written order of such holder, at such office or other place designated by the Company, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled. The holder shall be deemed to have become·a shareholder of record on the Conversion Date.

 

(c)           No Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock or scrip shall be issued upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock. The number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Any fractional shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock will be rounded up to the next whole share.

 

(d)          Payment of Taxes for Conversions. The Company shall pay any and all issue and other taxes that may be payable in respect of any issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock on conversion pursuant hereto of Series A Preferred Stock. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Series A Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issue or delivery shall be made unless and until the person requesting such issue has paid to the Company ·the amount of any such tax, or has established, to the satisfaction of the Company, that such tax has been paid.

 

GCI Revised Certificate of Amendment - Series A Preferred (00047990)

Page 5 of 8  

 

 

(e)           Status of Common Stock Issued Upon Conversion. All shares of Common Stock which may be issued upon conversion of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock will upon issuance by the Company be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issuance thereof.

 

(f)           Status of Converted Preferred Stock. In case any shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to this Section 4, the shares so converted shall be canceled and shall not be issuable by the Company.

 

5.            Adjustment of Conversion Price.

 

(a)           General Provisions. In case, at any time after the date hereof, of any capital reorganization, or any reclassification of the stock of the Company (other than a change in par value or as a result of a stock dividend or subdivision,· split-up or combination of shares), or the consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another person (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing entity and which does not result in any change in the Common Stock), or of the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the properties and assets of the Company as an entirety to any other person, the shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall, after such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale or other disposition, be convertible into the kind and number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Company or of the entity resulting from such consolidation or surviving such merger or to which such properties and assets shall have been sold or otherwise disposed to which such holder would have been entitled if immediately prior to such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale or other disposition it had converted its shares of Series A Preferred Stock into Common Stock. The provisions of this section 5(a) shall similarly apply to successive reorganizations, reclassifications; consolidations, mergers, sales or other dispositions. The provisions of this section 5 shall not affect the conversion of the Class A Preferred Stock in the event of a forward or reverse stock split.

 

(b)          No Impairment. The Company will not, through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, including amending this Certificate of Designation, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this section 5 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock against impairment. This provision shall not restrict the Company from amending its Articles of Incorporation in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the state of Nevada and the terms hereof.

 

GCI Revised Certificate of Amendment - Series A Preferred (00047990)

Page 6 of 8  

 

 

6.            Call Provisions. The Series A Preferred Stock shall not be callable by the Company.

 

7.            Redemption. The Series A Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable by the Company.

 

8.            Notices. Any notices required by the provisions of this Certificate of Designation to be given to the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at its address appearing on the books of the Company.

 

9.            Voting Provisions. Each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to One Thousand (1,000) votes per share on all matters to which the shareholders of the Company are entitled or required to vote.

 

10.          Protective Provisions. The Company may not take any of the following actions without the approval of a majority of the holders of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock: (i) effect a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or which results in the holders of the Company’s capital stock prior to the transaction owning less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the Company’s capital stock after the transaction, (ii) alter or change the rights, preferences, or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock, (iii) increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock, (iv) authorize the issuance of securities having a preference over or on par with the Series A Preferred Stock, or (v) effectuate a forward or reverse stock split or dividend of the Company’s common stock.

 

11.          Board of Director Provisions. So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, (a) the Company shall not, without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, increase the maximum number of directors constituting the Board to a number greater than seven (7), and (b) the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, acting as a group, shall have the right, but not the obligation, to fill four (4) of the seats.”

 

(5)          This amendment to the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation was authorized by the Corporation’s Board of Directors and by written consent of a majority of all outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock entitled to vote thereon, by written consent in lieu of a meeting of shareholders.

 

GCI Revised Certificate of Amendment - Series A Preferred (00047990)

Page 7 of 8  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed this Certificate as of the 15th day of July, 2011, and I affirm the statements contained herein as true under penalties of perjury.

 

   
  Leonard M. Greene
   
  Chief Executive Officer

 

GCI Revised Certificate of Amendment - Series A Preferred (00047990)

Page 8 of 8  

 

Exhibit 2.3

 

120706000554

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT 

TO THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

 

Greene Concepts, Incorporated

 

 

 

Under Section 805 of the Business Corporation Law

 

1.            The name of the corporation is: Greene Concepts, Incorporated.

 

2.            The certificate of incorporation of said corporation was filed by the Department of State on August 18, 1952.

 

3.            (a)       Paragraph Third of the Certificate of Incorporation relating to the authorized shares is amended to: reduce the amount of common authorized shares from 10,000,000,000 pv.001 to 3,000,000,000 pv.001 The corporation currently has 6,120,099,979 shares issued and outstanding which shall change into 61,200,999 issued shares at a rate of 100:1. There are currently 3,879,900,021 shares un-issued which shall change into 38,799,000 un-issued shares at a rate of change of 100:1. The corporation will then add 2,900,000,001 par value of .001 common shares for a total of 3,000,000,000 par value of .001 common shares.

 

(b)        To effect the foregoing, Article Four (4) of the Certificate of Incorporation relating to the authorized shares of the corporation, is amended to read as follows:

 

“(4)        “The aggregate number of shares of all classes of stock which the corporation shall have the authority to issue is (3,020,000,000) shares, of which THREE BILLION (3,000,000,000) shares shall be shares of common stock with .001 par value and TWENTY MILLION (20,000,000) shares of which 10,000,000 with be Preferred Stock .001 par value per share and 10,000,000 will be Preferred Stock Series A .001 par value.

 

The amendment was authorized by the vote of the Board of Directors followed by a unanimous written consent of the holders of all outstanding shares.

 

    Greene Concepts, Incorporated  
       
    Dated: 7/5/2012  
       
  By:   (GRAPHIC)  
  Leonard M. Greene  
    Chief Executive Officer  

 

120706000554

 

 

 

 

Exhibits 2.4

 

141219000079

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

 

GREENE CONCEPTS, INCORPORATED

 

(Under Section 805 of the New York Business Corporation Law)

 

1.           The name of the corporation is Greene Concepts, Incorporated (the “Corporation”).

 

If the name of the corporation has been changed, the name under which it was formed is: Tech-Ohm Resistor Corporation.

 

2.           The date of filing of the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation with the Department of State is: August 18, 1952.

 

3.           (a)         Paragraph Third of the Certificate of Incorporation relating to the authorized shares is amended to: convert the 3,000,000,000 common authorized shares with a par value of $.001 per share into 3,000,000,000 common authorized shares with a par value of $.0001 per share at a rate of one new common for one old common share. Thereafter, the Corporation will have 3,000,000,000 common authorized shares with a par value of $.0001 per share and 20,000,000 preferred authorized shares of which 10,000,000 will be preferred stock with a $.001 par value per share and 10,000,000 will be preferred stock Series A with a $.001 par value per share.

 

(b)       To effect the foregoing, Article Four (4) of the Certificate of Incorporation relating to the authorized shares of the Corporation is amended as follows:

 

“(4)        The aggregate number of shares of all classes of stock which the corporation shall have the authority to issue is (3,020,000,000), of which THREE BILLION (3,000,000,000) shares shall be shares of common stock with $.0001 par value per share and TWENTY MILLION (20,000,000) shares of which 10,000,000 will be Preferred Stock with $.001 par value per share and 10,000,000 will be Preferred Stock Series A with $.001 per value per share.”

 

This amendment was authorized by the vote of the Board of Directors followed by a written consent of a majority of all outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock- entitle to vote thereon.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed this Certificate as of the 16th day of December, 2014, and I affirm the statements contained herein as true penalties of perjury.

 

  GREENE CONCEPTS, INC.
   
  Leonard M. Greene
  Chief Executive Officer

 

GREENE CONCEPTS, INCORPORATED CERITIFICATE OF AMENDMENT | SOLD

 

141219000079

 

 

 

Exhibit 2.5

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

OF

 

GREENE CONCEPTS, INC.

 

(AS ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS ON OCTOBER 1, 2019)

 

ARTICLE I. SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING

 

Section 1. - Annual Meeting

 

The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held within twelve months after the close of the fiscal year of the Corporation, for the purpose of electing directors, and transacting such other business as may properly come before the meeting.

 

Section 2 — Special Meetings:

 

Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors or by the President or the Secretary whenever either of them deems it necessary or advisable. A special meeting of the shareholders shall be called by the President at the written request of the holders of fifty percent (50%) of the shares then outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, or as otherwise required under the provisions of the Business Corporation Law.

 

Section 3 — Place of Meetings:

 

All meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation, or at such other places within or without the State of New York as shall be designated in the notices or waivers of notice of such meetings.

 

Section 4 — Notice of Meetings:

 

a) Written notice of each meeting of shareholders, whether annual or special, stating the time when and place where it is to be held, shall be served either personally or by mail, not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the meeting, upon each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting, and to any other shareholder to whom the giving of notice may be required by law. Notice of a special meeting shall also state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, and shall indicate that it is being issued by, or at the direction of, the person or persons calling the meeting, If, at any meeting, action is proposed to be taken that would, if taken, entitle shareholders to receive payment for their shares pursuant to the Business Corporation Law, the notice of such meeting shall include a statement of that purpose and to that effect, If mailed, such notice shall he directed to each such shareholder at his address, as it appears on the records of the shareholders of the Corporation, unless he shall have previously filed with the Secretary of the Corporation a written request that notices intended for him be mailed to some other address, in which case, it shall be mailed to the address designated in such request.

 

 

 

b) Notice of any meeting need not be given to any person who may become a shareholder of record after the mailing of such notice and prior to the meeting, or to any shareholder who attends such meeting, in person or by proxy, or to any shareholder who, in person or by proxy, submits a signed waiver of notice either before or after such meeting. Notice of any adjourned meeting of shareholders need not be given, unless otherwise required by statute.

 

Section 5 – Quorum:

 

a) Except as otherwise provided herein, or by statute, or in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (such Certificate and any amendments thereof being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Certificate of Incorporation”) at all meetings of shareholders of the Corporation, the presence at the commencement of such meetings in person or by proxy of shareholders holding of record a majority of the total number of shares of the Corporation then issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business. The withdrawal of any shareholder after the commencement of a meeting shall have no effect on the existence of a quorum, after a quorum has been established at such meeting.

 

b) Despite the absence of a quorum at any annual or special meeting of shareholders, the shareholders, by a majority of the votes cast by the holders of shares entitled to vote thereon, may adjourn the meeting. At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called if a quorum had been present.

 

Section 6 - Items of Business:

 

No business shall be transacted at any annual meeting of shareholders, except business as may be: (i) specified in the notice of meeting (including shareholder proposals included in the Corporation’s proxy materials under Rule 14a-8 of Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), (ii) otherwise brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (iii) a proper subject for the meeting which is timely submitted by a shareholder of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting who complies fully with the notice requirements set forth below.

 

For business to be properly submitted by a shareholder before any annual meeting under subparagraph (iii) above, a shareholder must give timely notice in writing of such business to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be considered timely, a shareholder’s notice must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 120 calendar days nor more than 150 calendar days before the anniversary date of the Corporation’s proxy statement released to shareholders in connection with the prior year’s annual meeting.

 

However, if no annual meeting was held in the previous year, or if the date of the applicable annual meeting has been changed by more than 30 days from the anniversary date of the prior year’s annual meeting, a shareholder’s notice must be received by the Secretary not later than the 10th calendar day following the date on which the Corporation publicly announces the date of the applicable annual meeting.

 

A shareholder’s notice to the Secretary to submit business to an annual meeting of shareholders shall set forth: (i) the name and address of the shareholder, (ii) the number of shares of stock held of record and beneficially by such shareholder, (iii) the name in which all such shares of stock are registered on the stock transfer books of the Corporation, (iv) a representation that the shareholder intends to appear at the meeting in person or by proxy to submit the business specified in such notice, (v) a brief description of the business desired to be submitted to the annual meeting, including the complete text of any resolutions intended to be presented at the annual meeting, and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (vi) any personal or other material interest of the shareholder in the business to be submitted, and (vii) all other information relating to the proposed business which may be required to be disclosed under applicable law. In addition, a shareholder seeking to submit such business at the meeting shall promptly provide any other information reasonably requested by the Corporation.

 

 

 

The chairman of the meeting shall determine all matters relating to the efficient conduct of the meeting, including, but not limited to, the items of business, as well as the maintenance of order and decorum. The chairman shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare that any putative business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures prescribed by this Section 6, in which case such business shall not be transacted.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, a shareholder who seeks to have any proposal included in the Corporation’s proxy materials shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14a-8 under Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Section 7 — Voting:

 

a) Except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation any corporate action, other than the election of directors to be taken by vote of the shareholders, shall be authorized by a majority of votes cast at a meeting of shareholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote thereon, while directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast

 

b) Except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation at each meeting of shareholders, each holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereat, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock registered in his name on the books of the Corporation,

 

c) Each shareholder entitled to vote or to express consent or dissent without a meeting, may do so by proxy; provided, however, that the instrument authorizing such proxy to act shall have been executed in writing by the shareholder himself, or by his attorney-in-fact thereunto duly authorized in writing. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven months from the date of its execution, unless the persons executing it shall have specified therein the length of time it is to continue in force. Such instrument shall be exhibited to the Secretary at the meeting and shall be filed with the records of the Corporation.

 

d) Whenever shareholders are required or permitted to take any action by vote, such action may be taken without a meeting on written consent, setting forth the action so taken, signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

 

ARTICLE II. DIRECTORS

 

Section 1. - Number.

 

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, who may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law, the Articles of Incorporation, a stockholders’ agreement or these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

 

 

Section 2. - Qualification; Election; Term.

 

None of the directors need be a stockholder of the Corporation or a resident of the State of New York. The directors shall be elected by plurality vote at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as hereinafter provided, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor shall be elected and qualified.

 

Section 3. - Number.

 

The initial number of directors of the Corporation shall be one (1). Thereafter, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director.

 

Section 5. - Directors’ Meetings.

 

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately following the annual meetings of the shareholders, and at such other times as the Board of Directors may determine. Meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President, the Secretary, or Assistant Secretary at any time and must be called by the President or the Secretary upon the written request of at least a majority of the Directors. Unless otherwise provided herein, the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall act as chairman at any meeting of the Board of Directors. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall act as chairman at any meeting of the Board of Directors. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer, the most senior Director as determined by their number of years of service as a member of the Board of Directors shall act as chairman at any meeting of the Board of Directors. Directors may attend and vote at meetings either in person or by participating by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other.

 

Section 6. — Notice of Meetings.

 

Notice of meetings of the Board of Directors, other than the one scheduled to be held immediately following the annual meetings of the shareholders, shall be served either personally, by mail addressed to each Director at his last known address, or by e-mail no less than five days prior to the date of such meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived by any Director by written waiver or by personal attendance thereat without protest of lack of notice to him.

 

 

 

Section 7 - Quorum.

 

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, a majority of the Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum. However, a lesser number when not constituting a quorum may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present or represented.

 

Section 8 — Voting.

 

Except as otherwise provided by statute, or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present shall be necessary for the transaction of any item of business thereat. Any resolution in writing, signed by all of the directors entitled to vote thereon, shall be and constitute action by such directors to the effect therein expressed, with the same force and effect as if the same had been duly passed by unanimous vote at a duly called meeting of directors and such resolution so signed shall be inserted in the Minute Book of the Corporation under its proper date.

 

Section 9 - Vacancies.

 

Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors by death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled by an affirmative vote of at least a majority of the remaining directors though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his predecessor in office. A directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of directors may be filled by the Board of Directors for a term of office only until the next election of one or more directors by the stockholders.

 

Section 10. — Removal of Directors.

 

Any director may be removed either for or without cause at any special meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding stock entitled to vote; provided, however, that notice of intention to act upon such matter shall have been given in the notice calling such meeting.

 

Section 11. - Resignation.

 

Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 12. - Salary.

 

The Board of Directors, by resolution, may set the compensation of Directors for their service as such, including, without limitation, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board or any committee thereof; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation there for.

 

 

 

Section 13. - Contracts.

 

a) No contract or other transaction between this Corporation and any other Corporation shall be impaired, affected or invalidated, nor shall any director be liable in any way by reason of the fact that any one or more of the directors of this Corporation is or are interested in, or is a director or officer, or are directors or officers of such other Corporation, provided that such facts are disclosed or made known to the Board of Directors.

 

b) Any director, personally and individually, may be interested in any contract or transaction of this Corporation, and no director shall be liable in any way by reason of such interest, provided that the fact of such interest he disclosed or made known to the Board of Directors, and provided that the Board of Directors shall authorize, approve or ratify such contract or transaction by the vote (not counting the vote of any such director) of a majority of a quorum, notwithstanding the presence of any such director at the meeting at which such action is taken. Such director or directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at such meeting. This Section shall not be construed to impair or invalidate or in any way affect any contract or other transaction which would otherwise be valid under the law (common, statutory or otherwise) applicable thereto.

 

Section 14. – Committees.

 

The Board may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board, designate members of the Board to constitute other committees, which shall have, and may exercise, such powers as the Board may by resolution delegate to them, and shall in each case consist of such number of directors as the Board may determine; provided, however, that each such committee shall have at least three directors as members thereof. Such a committee may either be constituted for a specified term or may be constituted as a standing committee which does not require annual or periodic reconstitution. A majority of all the members of any such committee may determine its action and its quorum requirements and may fix the time and place of its meetings, unless the Board shall otherwise provide. Notice of meetings shall be served either personally, by mail addressed to each member at his last known address, or by e-mail no less than five days prior to the date of such meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived by any Director by written waiver or by personal attendance thereat without protest of lack of notice to him.

 

Participating in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other shall constitute presence at a meeting of such other committees.

 

ARTICLE III. OFFICERS

 

Section 1 — Number of Officers.

 

a) The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and such other officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem advisable. Any officer other than the Chairman of the Board of Directors may be, but is not required to be, a director of the Corporation. Any officer may hold more than one office, except the same person may not hold the office of President and Secretary.

 

 

 

Section 2. - Election of Officers.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, all officers shall be elected or appointed by the Board of Directors and shall hold office for such time as may be prescribed by the Board.

 

Section 3. - Removal of Officers.

 

Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, and a successor elected, by vote of the Board of Directors, at a duly convened meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4. - President.

 

The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall have general charge of the business, affairs and property thereof, subject to direction of the Board of Directors, and shall have general supervision over its officers and agents. He shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors in the absence of a Chairman of the Board and at all meetings of shareholders. He may do and perform all acts incident to the office of President.

 

Section 5. — Secretary.

 

The Secretary shall:

 

a) Keep the minutes of the meetings of the Board of Directors and of the shareholders in appropriate books.

 

b) Give and serve all notice of all meetings of the Corporation.

 

c) Be custodian of the records and of the seal of the Corporation and affix the latter to such instruments or documents as may be authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

d) Keep the shareholder records in such a manner as to show at any time the amount of shares, the manner and the time the same was paid for, the names of the owners thereof alphabetically arranged and their respective places of residence, or their Post Office addresses, the number of shares owned by each of them and the time at which each person became owner, and keep such shareholder records available daily during the usual business hours at the office of the Corporation subject to the inspection of any person duly authorized, as prescribed by law.

 

e) Do and perform all other duties incident to the office of Secretary.

 

Section 6. - Treasurer.

 

The Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Corporation and shall:

 

a) Have the care and custody of and be responsible for all of the funds and securities of the Corporation and deposit of such funds in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such a bank and safe deposit vaults as the Directors may designate.

 

 

 

b) Exhibit at all reasonable times his books and accounts to any Director or shareholder of the Corporation upon application at the office of the Corporation during business hours.

 

c) Render a statement of the condition of the finances of the Corporation at each stated meeting of the Board of Directors if called upon to do so, and a full report at the annual meeting of shareholders. He shall keep at the office of the Corporation correct books of account of all of its business and transactions and such books of account as the Board of Directors may require. He shall do and perform all other duties incident to the office of Treasurer.

 

Section 7. - Duties of Officers May Be Delegated.

 

In the case of the absence of any officer of the Corporation, or for any reason the Board may deem sufficient, the Board may, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, delegate the powers or duties of such officers to any other officer or any Director for the time being, provided a majority of the entire Board concur therein.

 

Section 8. – Vacancies - How Filled.

 

Should any vacancy in any office occur by death, resignation or otherwise, the same may be filled by the Board of Directors in their discretion at its next or subsequent meeting, except as other-wise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Section 9. - Compensation of Officers.

 

The officers shall receive such salary or compensation as may be fixed and determined by the Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided in the certificate of Incorporation.

 

ARTICLE IV. CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING SHARES

 

Section 1. - Issue of Certificates Representing Shares.

 

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates or shall be uncertificated shares. Certificates shall be signed by the Chairman or a vice-chairman of the Board, or the President and the Secretary or an assistant secretary or the Treasurer or an assistant treasurer of the Corporation, and may be sealed with the seal of the corporation or a facsimile thereof. The signatures of the officers upon a certificate may be facsimiles if:  (1) the certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent or registered by a registrar other than the Corporation itself or its employee, or (2) the shares are listed on a registered national securities exchange. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer at the date of issue.

 

 

 

Section 2. - Lost or Destroyed Certificates.

 

The holder of any certificate representing shares of the Corporation shall immediately notify the Corporation of any loss or destruction of the certificate representing the same. The Corporation may issue a new certificate in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost or destroyed. On production of such evidence of loss or destruction as the Board of Directors in its discretion may require, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, require the owner of the lost or destroyed certificate, or his legal representatives, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as the Board may direct, and with such surety or sureties as may be satisfactory to the Board, to indemnify the Corporation against any claims, loss, liability or damage it may suffer on account of the issuance of the new certificate. A new certificate may be issued without requiring any such evidence or bond when, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, it is proper so to do.

 

Section 3. - Transfers of Shares.

 

a) Transfers of shares of the Corporation shall be made on the shares records of the Corporation only by the holder of record thereof, in person or by his duly authorized attorney, upon surrender for cancellation of the certificate or certificates representing such shares, with an assignment or power of transfer endorsed thereon or delivered therewith, duly executed, with such proof of the authenticity of the signature and of authority to transfer and of payment of transfer taxes as the Corporation or its agents may require.

 

b) The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any legal, equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof; except as otherwise expressly provided by law.

 

ARTICLE V. SEAL

 

The corporate seal of the Corporation shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization, and the words “Corporate Seal, New York”. One or more duplicate dies for impressing seal may be kept and used.

 

ARTICLE VI. DIVIDENDS OR OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS

 

The Corporation, by vote of the Board of Directors, may declare and pay dividends or make other distributions in cash or its bonds or its property on its outstanding shares to the extent as provided and permitted by law, unless contrary to any restriction contained in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

ARTICLE VII. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS

 

All checks, notes or other negotiable instruments shall be signed on behalf of this Corporation by such of the officers, agents and employees as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate, except as otherwise provided in the certificate of Incorporation.

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII. FISCAL YEAR

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation is the calendar year. The Board of Directors, by resolution, shall have the power to fix and from time to time change the fiscal year of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENTS

 

Section 1. - By Shareholders.

 

All bylaws of the Corporation shall be subject to alteration or repeal, and new bylaws may be made, by a majority vote of the shareholders at the time entitled to vote in the election of directors.

 

Section 2. - By Directors

 

The Board of Directors shall have power to make, adopt, alter, amend and repeal, from time to time, bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that the shareholders entitled to vote with respect thereto as in this Article IX above-provided may alter, amend or repeal bylaws made by the Board of Directors, except that the Board of Directors shall have no power to change the quorum for meetings of shareholders or of the Board of Directors, or to change any provisions of the bylaws with respect to the removal of directors or the filling of vacancies in the Board resulting from the removal by the shareholders. If any bylaw regulating an impending election of directors is adopted, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors, there shall be set forth in the notice of the next meeting of shareholders for the election of directors, the bylaw so adopted, amended or repealed, together with a concise statement of the changes made.

 

ARTICLE X. INDEMNIFICATION

 

The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as in effect at any time, indemnify any person made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding whether civil or criminal (including an action or proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was (i) an officer or director of the Corporation or (ii) an officer or director of the Corporation who is asked to serve in any capacity at the request of the Corporation in any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against, in each case, judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees actually and necessarily incurred as a result of such action or proceeding, or any appeal therein. Such indemnification shall be a contract right that vests upon the occurrence or alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act that forms the basis for or is related to the claim for which indemnification is sought and shall include the right to be paid advances of any expenses incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and the right to be indemnified for expenses incurred by such person in connection with successfully establishing a right to indemnification, in each case consistent with the provisions of applicable law in effect at any time. Indemnification shall be deemed to be ‘permitted’ within the meaning of the first sentence hereof if it is not expressly prohibited by applicable law as in effect at the time. The indemnification rights hereunder shall continue as to any such person who has ceased to be an officer or director of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of any such person. If the right of indemnification provided for in this Article X is amended or repealed, such amendment or repeal will not limit the indemnification provided for herein with respect to any acts or omissions to act occurring prior to any such amendment or repeal.

 

 

 

The undersigned hereby certify that the Board of Directors has adopted the foregoing bylaws, as amended, in accordance with the requirements of the Business Corporation Law.

 

  /s/ Karen Howard  
     
  Karen Howard, Chairman and  
  Chief Executive Officer  
     
  /s/ Lenny Greene  
     
  Lenny Greene, Secretary  
     

 

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

NEITHER THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE NOR THE SECURITIES INTO WHICH THESE SECURITIES ARE CONVERTIBLE HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED (I) IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR (B) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL (WHICH COUNSEL SHALL BE SELECTED BY THE LENDER), IN A GENERALLY ACCEPTABLE FORM, THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SAID ACT OR (II) UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR RULE 144A UNDER SAID ACT. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THE SECURITIES MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES.

 

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$[*] DATED: [*]

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, GREENE CONCEPTS, INCORPORATED, a New York corporation (hereinafter called the “Borrower”), hereby promises to pay to the order of [*] or registered assigns (the “Holder”) the sum of $[*] together with any interest as set forth herein, on [*] (the “Maturity Date”), pursuant to an agreement made between the Borrower and the Holder titled Securities Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) which is hereby incorporated by reference, and to pay interest on the unpaid principal balance hereof at the rate of eight percent (8%) (the “Interest Rate”) per annum from the date hereof (the “Issue Date”) until the same becomes due and payable, whether at maturity or upon acceleration or by prepayment or otherwise. This Note may not be prepaid in whole or in part except as otherwise explicitly set forth herein. Any amount of principal or interest on this Note which is not paid when due shall bear interest at the rate of sixteen percent (16%) per annum from the due date thereof until the same is paid (“Default Interest”). Interest shall commence accruing on the date this Note is fully paid (i.e fully funded by the Holder) and shall be computed on the basis of a 365-day year and the actual number of days elapsed. All payments due hereunder (to the extent not converted into common stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”) in accordance with the terms hereof) shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America. All payments shall be made at such address as the Holder shall hereafter give to the Borrower by written notice made in accordance with the provisions of this Note. Whenever any amount expressed to be due by the terms of this Note is due on any day which is not a business day, the same shall instead be due on the next succeeding day which is a business day and, in the case of any interest payment date which is not the date on which this Note is paid in full, the extension of the due date thereof shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the amount of interest due on such date. As used in this Note, the term “business day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in the city of New York, New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed.

 

This Note is free from all taxes, liens, claims and encumbrances with respect to the issue thereof and shall not be subject to preemptive rights or other similar rights of shareholders of the Borrower and will not impose personal liability upon the holder thereof.

 

 

 

The following terms shall apply to this Note:

 

ARTICLE I. CONVERSION RIGHTS

 

SECTION 1.01 RIGHT TO CONVERT

 

The Holder shall have the right from time to time, and at any time during the period beginning on the date of this Note and ending on the later to convert each in respect of the remaining outstanding principal amount of this Note to convert all or any part of the outstanding and unpaid principal amount of this Note into fully paid and non- assessable shares of Common Stock, as such Common Stock exists on the Issue Date, or any shares of capital stock or other securities of the Borrower into which such Common Stock shall hereafter be changed or reclassified at the Conversion Price specified above.

 

SECTION 1.02 PRICING OF CONVERSION

 

The total number of shares of Common Stock into which this Note may be voluntarily converted (“Conversion Shares”) shall be determined by dividing the aggregate principal amount borrowed hereunder by $0.00005 (the “Conversion Price”); provided, however, that, in no event, shall Lender be entitled to convert any portion of this Note in excess of any limitations defined below.

 

SECTION 1.03 LIMITS OF CONVERSIONS

 

The number of whole shares of Common Stock into which this Note may be voluntarily converted (“Conversion Shares”) shall be determined by dividing the aggregate principal, interest, together with any fee amounts borrowed provided, however, that, in no event, shall the Holder be entitled to convert any portion of this Note in excess of that portion of this Note upon conversion of which the sum of: (1) the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the Holder and its affiliates (other than shares of Common Stock which may be deemed beneficially owned through the ownership of the unconverted portion of this Note or the unexercised or unconverted portion of any other security of Maker subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitations contained herein) and (2) the number of shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of the portion of this Note with respect to which the determination of this proviso is being made, would result in beneficial ownership by the Holder and its affiliates of more than 9.99% of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Borrower.

 

SECTION 1.04 DELIVERY OF SHARES

 

Borrower has 5 Business Days to issue the Common Stock under the terms of this Note to the Lender and an additional period of 5 Business Days to instructed the Borrower’s Transfer Agent to deliver Stock in physical certificates representing the Common Stock or in lieu of delivering physical certificates representing the Common Stock issuable upon conversion, provided the Borrower’s transfer agent is participating in the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) Fast Automated Securities Transfer (“FAST”) program upon request of the Lender and its compliance with the provisions contained herein, the Borrower shall use its best efforts to cause its transfer agent to electronically transmit the Common Stock issuable upon conversion to the Lender by crediting the account of Lender’s Broker with DTC through its Deposit Withdrawal Agent Commission (“DWAC”) system.

 

 

 

SECTION 1.05 INVESTMENT STOCK

 

The shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of this Note may not be sold or transferred unless (i) such shares are sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act or (ii) the Borrower or its transfer agent shall have been furnished with an opinion of counsel (which opinion shall be in form, substance and scope customary for opinions of counsel in comparable transactions) to the effect that the shares to be sold or transferred may be sold or transferred pursuant to an exemption from such registration or (iii) such shares are sold or transferred pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act (or a successor rule) (“Rule 144”) or (iv) such shares are transferred to an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144) of the Borrower who agrees to sell or otherwise transfer the shares only in accordance with this section and who is an Accredited Investor. Except as otherwise provided, until such time as the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of this Note have been registered under the Exchange Act or otherwise may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 without any restriction as to the number of securities as of a particular date that can then be immediately sold, each certificate for shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of this Note that has not been so included in an effective registration statement or that has not been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption that permits removal of the legend, shall bear a legend substantially in the following form, as appropriate:

 

“NEITHER THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE NOR THE SECURITIES INTO WHICH THESE SECURITIES ARE EXERCISABLE HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED (I) IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR (B) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL (WHICH COUNSEL SHALL BE SELECTED BY THE LENDER), IN A GENERALLY ACCEPTABLE FORM, THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SAID ACT OR (II) UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR RULE 144A UNDER SAID ACT. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THE SECURITIES MAY BE LEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES.”

 

The legend set forth above shall be removed and the Borrower shall issue to the Lender a new certificate therefore free of any transfer legend if (i) the Borrower or its transfer agent shall have received an opinion of counsel, in form, substance and scope customary for opinions of counsel in comparable transactions, to the effect that a public sale or transfer of such Common Stock may be made without registration under the Act and the shares are so sold or transferred, (ii) such Lender provides the Borrower or its transfer agent with reasonable assurances that the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of this Note (to the extent such securities are deemed to have been acquired on the same date) can be sold pursuant to Rule 144 or (iii) in the case of the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of this Note, such security is registered for sale by the Lender under an effective registration statement filed under the Act or otherwise may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 without any restriction as to the number of securities as of a particular date that can then be immediately sold.

 

SECTION 1.06 PRE-PAYMENT

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Note, so long as the Borrower has not received a Notice of Conversion from the Lender, then at any time during the period beginning on the Issue Date and ending on the date expressed above, the Borrower shall have the right, exercisable on without prior written notice to the Lender of the Note to prepay the outstanding Note (principal and accrued interest), in full

 

 

 

SECTION 1.07 PENALTIES

 

If the Borrower exercises its right to prepay the Note, the Borrower shall make payment to the Lender an amount in cash (lawful money of the United States of America) equal to 120%, multiplied by the sum of the outstanding principal, this penalty exists to protect the interest of the Lender from financial loss.

 

ARTICLE II. FEES & ASSOCIATED COSTS

 

SECTION 2.01 CONSIDERATION FEE

 

The Lender has elected to pay all associated fees relating the Note, including but not limited to Due- Diligence, Document Preparation, Banking Fees, and Legal Expenditures without requiring any consideration fee from the borrower.

 

SECTION 2.02 OTHER EXPENSES

 

Both Borrower and Lender are individually responsible for fees, costs, and expenditures incurred by entering into and adhering to the terms of this Note. Notwithstanding, if default is made in the payment of this Note, the Borrower shall pay the Lender hereof costs of collection, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

ARTICLE III. MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 3.01 JURISDICTION

 

This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Wyoming without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. Any action brought by either party against the other concerning the transactions contemplated by this Note shall be brought only in the state courts of Wyoming or in the federal courts located in the state and county of Laramie. The parties to this Note hereby irrevocably waive any objection to jurisdiction and venue of any action instituted hereunder and shall not assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue.

 

The Borrower and Lender waive trial by jury. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party its reasonable attorney’s fees and costs. In the event that any provision of this Note or any other agreement delivered in connection herewith is invalid or unenforceable under any applicable statute or rule of law, then such provision shall be deemed inoperative to the extent that it may conflict therewith and shall be deemed modified to conform to such statute or rule of law. Any such provision which may prove invalid or unenforceable under any law shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of any agreement.

 

 

 

SECTION 3.02 NOTICES

 

All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals, and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and, unless otherwise specified herein, shall be (i) personally served, (ii) deposited in the mail, registered or certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (iii) delivered by reputable air courier service with charges prepaid, or (iv) transmitted by hand delivery, telegram, or facsimile, addressed as set forth below or to such other address as such party shall have specified most recently by written notice. Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be deemed effective (a) upon hand delivery or delivery by facsimile, with accurate confirmation generated by the transmitting facsimile machine, at the address or number designated below (if delivered on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received), or the first business day following such delivery (if delivered other than on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received) or (b) on the second business day following the date of mailing by express courier service, fully prepaid, addressed to such address, or upon actual receipt of such mailing, whichever shall first occur. The addresses for such communications shall be:

 

If to the Borrower, to:

 

GREENE CONCEPTS, INCORPORATED

1865 HERNDON AVE. SUITE K-358

CLOVIS, CA 93611

 

If to the Holder:

 

THE NUEMARK GROUP,

LLC 8350 SE MONTEREY

AVE HAPPY VALLEY, OR

97086

 

SECTION 3.03 REMEDIES

 

The Borrower acknowledges that a breach by it of its obligations hereunder will cause irreparable harm to the Lender, by vitiating the intent and purpose of the transaction contemplated hereby. Accordingly, the Borrower acknowledges that the remedy at law for a breach of its obligations under this Note will be inadequate and agrees, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Borrower of the provisions of this Note, that the Lender shall be entitled, in addition to all other available remedies at law or in equity, and in addition to the penalties assessable herein, to an injunction or injunctions restraining, preventing or curing any breach of this Note and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions thereof, without the necessity of showing economic loss and without any bond or other security being required.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be signed in its name by its duly authorized officer on the date set forth above.

 

 

“BORROWER”

   
 

LENNY GREENE, CEO

 

 

 

GREENE CONCEPTS, INCORPORATED

 

SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of [*] by and between Greene Concepts Incorporated, a New York corporation, with headquarters located at 1865 Herndon Ave. Suite K-358 Clovis, CA 93611 (the “Company”), and [*], with his address at [*] (the “Buyer”).

 

WHEREAS:

 

A. The Company and the Buyer are executing and delivering this Agreement in reliance upon the exemption from securities registration afforded by the rules and regulations as promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”);

 

B. Buyer desires to purchase and the Company desires to issue and sell, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement an 8% convertible note of the Company, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, in the aggregate principal amount of [*] (together with any note(s) issued in replacement thereof or as a dividend thereon or otherwise with respect thereto in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Note”), convertible into shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”), upon the terms and subject to the limitations and conditions set forth in such Note.

 

C. The Buyer wishes to purchase, upon the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement, such principal amount of Note as is set forth immediately below its name on the signature pages hereto; and

 

NOW THEREFORE, the Company and the Buyer severally (and not jointly) hereby agree as follows:

 

I. PURCHASE & SALE OF NOTE

 

a. PURCHASE OF NOTE:

 

On the Closing Date (as defined below), the Company shall issue and sell to the Buyer and the Buyer agrees to purchase from the Company such principal amount of Note as is set forth immediately below the Buyer’s name on the signature pages hereto.

 

b. FORM OF PAYMENT:

 

On the Closing Date (as defined below), (i) the Buyer shall pay the purchase price for the Note to be issued and sold to it at the Closing (as defined below) (the “Purchase Price”) by issuance of check or wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Subsidiary Mammoth Ventures, LLC on behalf of the Company, against delivery of the Note in the principal amount equal to the Purchase Price as is set forth immediately below the Buyer’s name on the signature pages hereto, and (ii) the Company shall deliver such duly executed Note on behalf of the Company, to the Buyer, against delivery of such Purchase Price.

 

 

 

c. CLOSING DATE:

 

Subject to the satisfaction (or written waiver) of the conditions thereto set forth below, the date and time of the issuance and sale of the Note pursuant to this Agreement (the “Closing Date”) shall be 12:00 noon, Eastern Standard Time on or about [*] or such other mutually agreed upon time. The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “Closing”) shall occur on the Closing Date at such location as may be agreed to by the parties.

 

II. BUYER’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

The Buyer represents and warrants to the Company that:

 

a. INVESTMENT PURPOSE

 

As of the date hereof, the Buyer is purchasing the Note and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of or otherwise pursuant to the Note (including, without limitation, such additional shares of Common Stock, if any, as are issuable, collectively referred to herein as the “Conversion Shares” and, collectively with the Note, the “Securities”) for its own account and not with a present view towards the public sale or distribution thereof, except pursuant to sales registered or exempted from registration under the 1933 Act; provided, however, that by making the representations herein, the Buyer does not agree to hold any of the Securities for any minimum or other specific term and reserves the right to dispose of the Securities at any time in accordance with or pursuant to a registration statement or an exemption under the 1933 Act.

 

b. ACCREDITED INVESTOR STATUS

 

The Buyer is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D (an “Accredited Investor”).

 

c. RELIANCE ON EXEMPTIONS

 

The Buyer understands that the Securities are being offered and sold to it in reliance upon specific exemptions from the registration requirements of United States federal and state securities laws and that the Company is relying upon the truth and accuracy of, and the Buyer’s compliance with, the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgments and understandings of the Buyer set forth herein in order to determine the availability of such exemptions and the eligibility of the Buyer to acquire the Securities.

 

d. INFORMATION

 

The Buyer and its advisors, if any, have been, and for so long as the Note remain outstanding will continue to be, furnished with all materials relating to the business, finances and operations of the Company and materials relating to the offer and sale of the Securities which have been requested by the Buyer or its advisors. The Buyer and its advisors, if any, have been, and for so long as the Note remain outstanding will continue to be, afforded the opportunity to ask questions of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company has not disclosed to the Buyer any material nonpublic information and will not disclose such information unless such information is disclosed to the public prior to or promptly following such disclosure to the Buyer. Neither such inquiries nor any other due diligence investigation conducted by Buyer or any of its advisors or representatives shall modify, amend or affect Buyer’s right to rely on the Company’s representations and warranties contained herein. The Buyer understands that its investment in the Securities involves a significant degree of risk. The Buyer is not aware of any facts that may constitute a breach of any of the Company’s representations and warranties made herein.

 

 

 

e. GOVERNMENTAL REVIEW

 

The Buyer understands that no United States federal or state agency or any other government or governmental agency has passed upon or made any recommendation or endorsement of the Securities.

 

f. TRANSFER OR RE-SALE

 

The Buyer understands that (i) the sale or re-sale of the Securities has not been and is not being registered under the 1933 Act or any applicable state securities laws, and the Securities may not be transferred unless (a) the Securities are sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, (b) the Buyer shall have delivered to the Company, at the cost of the Buyer, an opinion of counsel that shall be in form, substance and scope customary for opinions of counsel in comparable transactions to the effect that the Securities to be sold or transferred may be sold or transferred pursuant to an exemption from such registration, which opinion shall be accepted by the Company (c) the Securities are sold or transferred to an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the 1933 Act (or a successor rule) (“Rule 144”)) of the Buyer who agrees to sell or otherwise transfer the Securities, and who is an Accredited Investor, (d) the Securities are sold pursuant to Rule 144, or (e) the Securities are sold pursuant to Regulation S under the 1933 Act (or a successor rule) (“Regulation S”), and the Buyer shall have delivered to the Company, at the cost of the Buyer, an opinion of counsel that shall be in form, substance and scope customary for opinions of counsel in corporate transactions, which opinion shall be accepted by the Company; (ii) any sale of such Securities made in reliance on Rule 144 may be made only in accordance with the terms of said Rule and further, if said Rule is not applicable, any re-sale of such Securities under circumstances in which the seller (or the person through whom the sale is made) may be deemed to be an underwriter (as that term is defined in the 1933 Act) may require compliance with some other exemption under the 1933 Act or the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder; and (iii) neither the Company nor any other person is under any obligation to register such Securities under the 1933 Act or any state securities laws or to comply with the terms and conditions of any exemption thereunder (in each case). Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else contained herein to the contrary, the Securities may be pledged as collateral in connection with a bona fide margin account or other lending arrangement.

 

 

 

g. LEGENDS

 

The Buyer understands that the Note and, until such time as the Conversion Shares have been registered under the 1933 Act may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 or Regulation S without any restriction as to the number of securities as of a particular date that can then be immediately sold, the Conversion Shares may bear a restrictive legend in substantially the following form (and a stop-transfer order may be placed against transfer of the certificates for such Securities):

 

“NEITHER THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE NOR THE SECURITIES INTO WHICH THESE SECURITIES ARE EXERCISABLE HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED (I) IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR (B) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL (WHICH COUNSEL SHALL BE SELECTED BY THE HOLDER), IN A GENERALLY ACCEPTABLE FORM, THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SAID ACT OR (II) UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR RULE 144A UNDER SAID ACT. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THE SECURITIES MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES.”

 

The legend set forth above shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of any Security upon which it is stamped, if, unless otherwise required by applicable state securities laws, (a) such Security is registered for sale under an effective registration statement filed under the 1933 Act or otherwise may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 or Regulation S without any restriction as to the number of securities as of a particular date that can then be immediately sold, or (b) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel, in form, substance and scope customary for opinions of counsel in comparable transactions, to the effect that a public sale or transfer of such Security may be made without registration under the 1933 Act, which opinion shall be accepted by the Company so that the sale or transfer is effected. The Buyer agrees to sell all Securities, including those represented by a certificate(s) from which the legend has been removed, in compliance with applicable prospectus delivery requirements, if any. In the event that the Company does not accept the opinion of counsel provided by the Buyer with respect to the transfer of Securities pursuant to an exemption from registration, such as Rule 144 or Regulation S, at the Deadline, it will be considered an Event of Default pursuant to Section III of the Note, provided that the Company shall have the right to challenge the opinion in the event it has been issued prior to the first six months from the date of this Note, and provided further that the Company shall have a 24 hour window to question the Buyer or its counsel regarding the calculations of price and share amount, as set forth in the Notice of Conversion.

 

h. AUTHORIZATION; ENFORCEMENT

 

This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of the Buyer, and this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Buyer enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

 

 

i. RESIDENCY

 

The Buyer is a resident of the jurisdiction set forth immediately below the Buyer’s name on the signature pages hereto.

 

III. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

 

The Company represents and warrants to the Buyer that:

 

a. ORGANIZATION AND QUALIFICATION

 

The Company and each of its Subsidiaries (as defined below), if any, is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated, with full power and authority (corporate and other) to own, lease, use and operate its properties and to carry on its business as and where now owned, leased, used, operated and conducted. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to do business and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which its ownership or use of property or the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect. “Material Adverse Effect” means any material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, financial condition or prospects of the Company or its Subsidiaries, if any, taken as a whole, or on the transactions contemplated hereby or by the agreements or instruments to be entered into in connection herewith. “Subsidiaries” means any corporation or other organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, any equity or other ownership interest.

 

b. AUTHORIZATION; ENFORCEMENT

 

(i) The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement, the Note and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and to issue the Securities, in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, (ii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Note by the Company and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including without limitation, the issuance of the Note and the issuance and reservation for issuance of the Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof) have been duly authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors and no further consent or authorization of the Company, its Board of Directors, or its shareholders is required, (iii) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company by its authorized representative, and such authorized representative is the true and official representative with authority to sign this Agreement and the other documents executed in connection herewith and bind the Company accordingly, and (iv) this Agreement constitutes, and upon execution and delivery by the Company of the Note, each of such instruments will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

 

 

c. CAPITALIZATION

 

As of the date hereof, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of: (i) 3,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of which [*] shares are issued and outstanding; (ii) there are 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock; of which [*] shares are issued and outstanding; no shares are reserved for issuance pursuant to the Company’s stock option plans, no shares are reserved for issuance pursuant to securities (other than the Note) exercisable for, or convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock. All of such outstanding shares of capital stock are, or upon issuance will be, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. No shares of capital stock of the Company are subject to preemptive rights or any other similar rights of the shareholders of the Company or any liens or encumbrances imposed through the actions or failure to act of the Company. As of the effective date of this Agreement, (i) there are no outstanding options, warrants, scrip, rights to subscribe for, puts, calls, rights of first refusal, agreements, understandings, claims or other commitments or rights of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable for any shares of capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or arrangements by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is or may become bound to issue additional shares of capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) there are no agreements or arrangements under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is obligated to register the sale of any of its or their securities under the 1933 Act and (iii) there are no anti-dilution or price adjustment provisions contained in any security issued by the Company (or in any agreement providing rights to security holders) that will be triggered by the issuance of the Note or the Conversion Shares. The Company has furnished to the Buyer true and correct copies of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as in effect on the date hereof (“Certificate of Incorporation”), the Company’s By-laws, as in effect on the date hereof (the “By-laws”), and the terms of all securities convertible into or exercisable for Common Stock of the Company and the material rights of the holders thereof in respect thereto. The Company shall provide the Buyer with a written update of this representation signed by the Company’s Chief Executive on behalf of the Company as of the Closing Date.

 

d. ISSUANCE OF SHARES

 

The Conversion Shares are duly authorized and reserved for issuance and, upon conversion of the Note in accordance with its respective terms, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free from all taxes, liens, claims and encumbrances with respect to the issue thereof and shall not be subject to preemptive rights or other similar rights of shareholders of the Company and will not impose personal liability upon the holder thereof.

 

e. ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF DILUTION

 

The Company understands and acknowledges the potentially dilutive effect to the Common Stock upon the issuance of the Conversion Shares upon conversion of the Note. The Company further acknowledges that its obligation to issue Conversion Shares upon conversion of the Note in accordance with this Agreement, the Note is absolute and unconditional regardless of the dilutive effect that such issuance may have on the ownership interests of other shareholders of the Company.

 

 

 

f. NO CONFLICTS

 

The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Note by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including, without limitation, the issuance and reservation for issuance of the Conversion Shares) will not (i) conflict with or result in a violation of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws, or (ii) violate or conflict with, or result in a breach of any provision of, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both could become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture, patent, patent license or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, or (iii) result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree (including federal and state securities laws and regulations and regulations of any self-regulatory organizations to which the Company or its securities are subject) applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or by which any property or asset of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound or affected (except for such conflicts, defaults, terminations, amendments, accelerations, cancellations and violations as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect). Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of its Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws or other organizational documents and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default (and no event has occurred which with notice or lapse of time or both could put the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in default) under, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has taken any action or failed to take any action that would give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which any property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound or affected, except for possible defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. The businesses of the Company and its Subsidiaries, if any, are not being conducted, and shall not be conducted so long as the Buyer owns any of the Securities, in violation of any law, ordinance or regulation of any governmental entity. Except as specifically contemplated by this Agreement and as required under the 1933 Act and any applicable state securities laws, the Company is not required to obtain any consent, authorization or order of, or make any filing or registration with, any court, governmental agency, regulatory agency, self-regulatory organization or stock market or any third party in order for it to execute, deliver or perform any of its obligations under this Agreement, the Note in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof or to issue and sell the Note in accordance with the terms hereof and to issue the Conversion Shares upon conversion of the Note. All consents, authorizations, orders, filings and registrations which the Company is required to obtain pursuant to the preceding sentence have been obtained or effected on or prior to the date hereof. The Company is not in violation of the listing requirements of the “Current Information” tier of OTC Market’s (the “OTC Markets”) and does not reasonably anticipate that the Common Stock will be delisted by the OTC Markets in the foreseeable future. The Company and its Subsidiaries are unaware of any facts or circumstances which might give rise to any of the foregoing.

 

g. ABSENCE OF LITIGATION

 

There is no action, suit, claim, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or by any court, public board, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body pending or, to the knowledge of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, threatened against or affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or their officers or directors in their capacity as such, that could have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and its Subsidiaries are unaware of any facts or circumstances which might give rise to any of the foregoing.

 

 

 

h. PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS, ETC.

 

The Company and each of its Subsidiaries owns or possesses the requisite licenses or rights to use all patents, patent applications, patent rights, inventions, know-how, trade secrets, trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, service names, trade names and copyrights (“Intellectual Property”) necessary to enable it to conduct its business as now operated (and, as presently contemplated to be operated in the future); there is no claim or action by any person pertaining to, or proceeding pending, or to the Company’s knowledge threatened, which challenges the right of the Company or of a Subsidiary with respect to any Intellectual Property necessary to enable it to conduct its business as now operated (and, as presently contemplated to be operated in the future); to the best of the Company’s knowledge, the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ current and intended products, services and processes do not infringe on any Intellectual Property or other rights held by any person; and the Company is unaware of any facts or circumstances which might give rise to any of the foregoing. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have taken reasonable security measures to protect the secrecy, confidentiality and value of their Intellectual Property.

 

i. NO MATERIALLY ADVERSE CONTRACTS, ETC.

 

Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any charter, corporate or other legal restriction, or any judgment, decree, order, rule or regulation which in the judgment of the Company’s officers has or is expected in the future to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any contract or agreement which in the judgment of the Company’s officers has or is expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

j. TAX STATUS

 

The Company and each of its Subsidiaries has made or filed all federal, state and foreign income and all other tax returns, reports and declarations required by any jurisdiction to which it is subject (unless and only to the extent that the Company and each of its Subsidiaries has set aside on its books provisions reasonably adequate for the payment of all unpaid and unreported taxes) and has paid all taxes and other governmental assessments and charges that are material in amount, shown or determined to be due on such returns, reports and declarations, except those being contested in good faith and has set aside on its books provisions reasonably adequate for the payment of all taxes for periods subsequent to the periods to which such returns, reports or declarations apply. There are no unpaid taxes in any material amount claimed to be due by the taxing authority of any jurisdiction, and the officers of the Company know of no basis for any such claim. The Company has not executed a waiver with respect to the statute of limitations relating to the assessment or collection of any foreign, federal, state or local tax. None of the Company’s tax returns is presently being audited by any taxing authority.

 

k. CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

 

Except for arm’s length transactions pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries makes payments in the ordinary course of business upon terms no less favorable than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries could obtain from third parties, none of the officers, directors, or employees of the Company is presently a party to any transaction with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than for services as employees, officers and directors), including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any officer, director or such employee or, to the knowledge of the Company, any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity in which any officer, director, or any such employee has a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee or partner.

 

 

 

l. DISCLOSURE

 

All information relating to or concerning the Company or any of its Subsidiaries set forth in this Agreement and provided to the Buyer pursuant to Section II hereof and otherwise in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby is true and correct in all material respects and the Company has not omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. No event or circumstance has occurred or exists with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or its or their business, properties, prospects, operations or financial conditions, which, under applicable law, rule or regulation, requires public disclosure or announcement by the Company but which has not been so publicly announced or disclosed (assuming for this purpose that the Company’s reports filed under the 1934 Act or the Alternative Reporting Standard of OTC Markets, Inc.).

 

m. ACKNOWLEDGMENT REGARDING BUYER’ PURCHASE OF SECURITIES

 

The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Buyer is acting solely in the capacity of arm’s length purchasers with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company further acknowledges that the Buyer is not acting as a financial advisor or fiduciary of the Company (or in any similar capacity) with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and any statement made by the Buyer or any of its respective representatives or agents in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby is not advice or a recommendation and is merely incidental to the Buyer’ purchase of the Securities. The Company further represents to the Buyer that the Company’s decision to enter into this Agreement has been based solely on the independent evaluation of the Company and its representatives.

 

n. NO INTEGRATED OFFERING

 

Neither the Company, nor any of its affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf, has directly or indirectly made any offers or sales in any security or solicited any offers to buy any security under circumstances that would require registration under the 1933 Act of the issuance of the Securities to the Buyer. The issuance of the Securities to the Buyer will not be integrated with any other issuance of the Company’s securities (past, current or future) for purposes of any shareholder approval provisions applicable to the Company or its securities.

 

o. NO BROKERS

 

The Company has taken no action which would give rise to any claim by any person for brokerage commissions, transaction fees or similar payments relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

 

 

p. PERMITS; COMPLIANCE.

 

The Company and each of its Subsidiaries is in possession of all franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, variances, exemptions, consents, certificates, approvals and orders necessary to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted (collectively, the “Company Permits”), and there is no action pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened regarding suspension or cancellation of any of the Company Permits. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in conflict with, or in default or violation of, any of the Company Permits, except for any such conflicts, defaults or violations which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Since September 30, 2011, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notification with respect to possible conflicts, defaults or violations of applicable laws, except for notices relating to possible conflicts, defaults or violations, which conflicts, defaults or violations would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

q. TITLE TO PROPERTY

 

The Company and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them which is material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects such as would not have a Material Adverse Effect. Any real property and facilities held under lease by the Company and its Subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

r. NO INVESTMENT COMPANY

 

The Company is not, and upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement will not be an “investment company” required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (an “Investment Company”). The Company is not controlled by an Investment Company.

 

s. BREACH OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES BY THE COMPANY

 

If the Company breaches any of the representations or warranties set forth in this Agreement, and in addition to any other remedies available to the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, it will be considered an Event of default pursuant to the Note.

 

IV. COVENANTS

 

a. BEST EFFORTS

 

The parties shall use their best efforts to satisfy timely each of the conditions described in this Agreement.

 

b. FORM D; BLUE SKY LAWS.

 

The Company agrees to file a Form D with respect to the Securities as required under Regulation D and to provide a copy thereof to the Buyer promptly after such filing. The Company shall, on or before the Closing Date, take such action as the Company shall reasonably determine is necessary to qualify the Securities for sale to the Buyer at the applicable closing pursuant to this Agreement under applicable securities or “blue sky” laws of the states of the United States (or to obtain an exemption from such qualification), and shall provide evidence of any such action so taken to the Buyer on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

 

 

c. USE OF PROCEEDS

 

The Company shall use the proceeds for general working capital purposes.

 

d. CORPORATE EXISTENCE

 

So long as the Buyer beneficially owns any Note, the Company shall maintain its corporate existence and shall not sell all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, except in the event of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, where the surviving or successor entity in such transaction (i) assumes the Company’s obligations hereunder and under the agreements and instruments entered into in connection herewith and (ii) is a publicly traded corporation whose Common Stock is listed for trading on the OTC Markets, NASDAQ, NASDAQ SmallCap, NYSE, or other suitable medium.

 

V. CONDITIONS TO THE COMPANY’S OBLIGATION TO SELL

 

The obligation of the Company hereunder to issue and sell the Note to the Buyer at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at or before the Closing Date of each of the following conditions thereto, provided that these conditions are for the Company’s sole benefit and may be waived by the Company at any time in its sole discretion:

 

a. The Buyer shall have executed this Agreement and delivered the same to the Company.

 

b. The Buyer shall have delivered the Purchase Price in accordance with Section I above.

 

c. The representations and warranties of the Buyer shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date when made and as of the Closing Date as though made at that time (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date), and the Buyer shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with the covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by the Buyer at or prior to the Closing Date.

 

d. No litigation, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, ruling or injunction shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or endorsed by or in any court or governmental authority of competent jurisdiction or any self-regulatory organization having authority over the matters contemplated hereby which prohibits the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

 

 

VI. CONDITIONS TO THE BUYER’S OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE

 

The obligation of the Buyer hereunder to purchase the Note at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at or before the Closing Date of each of the following conditions, provided that these conditions are for the Buyer’s sole benefit and may be waived by the Buyer at any time in its sole discretion:

 

a. The Company shall have executed this Agreement and delivered the same to the Buyer.

 

b. The Company shall have delivered to the Buyer the duly executed Note (in such denominations as the Buyer shall request)

 

c. The representations and warranties of the Company shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date when made and as of the Closing Date as though made at such time (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date) and the Company shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with the covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by the Company at or prior to the Closing Date. The Buyer shall have received a certificate or certificates, executed by the chief executive officer of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, to the foregoing effect and as to such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the Buyer including, but not limited to certificates with respect to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws and Board of Directors’ resolutions relating to the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

d. No litigation, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, ruling or injunction shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or endorsed by or in any court or governmental authority of competent jurisdiction or any self-regulatory organization having authority over the matters contemplated hereby which prohibits the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

e. The Conversion Shares shall have been authorized for quotation on the OTC Markets and trading in the Common Stock on the OTC Markets shall not have been suspended by the SEC or any other regulatory body which can affect trading of the Company.

 

f. The Buyer shall have received an officer’s certificate, dated as of the Closing Date.

 

VII. GOVERNING LAW; MISCELLANEOUS

 

a. GOVERNING LAW

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Wyoming without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. Any action brought by either party against the other concerning the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be brought only in the state courts of Wyoming or in the federal courts located in the state and county of Laramie. The parties to this Agreement hereby irrevocably waive any objection to jurisdiction and venue of any action instituted hereunder and shall not assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue or based upon forum non conveniens. The Company and Buyer waive trial by jury. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party its reasonable attorney’s fees and costs. In the event that any provision of this Agreement or any other agreement delivered in connection herewith is invalid or unenforceable under any applicable statute or rule of law, then such provision shall be deemed inoperative to the extent that it may conflict therewith and shall be deemed modified to conform with such statute or rule of law. Any such provision which may prove invalid or unenforceable under any law shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of any agreement. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any suit, action or proceeding in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

 

 

b. COUNTERPARTS

 

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party.

 

c. HEADINGS

 

The headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not form part of, or affect the interpretation of, this Agreement.

 

d. SEVERABILITY

 

In the event that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable under any applicable statute or rule of law, then such provision shall be deemed inoperative to the extent that it may conflict therewith and shall be deemed modified to conform with such statute or rule of law. Any provision hereof which may prove invalid or unenforceable under any law shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

 

e. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS

 

This Agreement and the instruments referenced herein contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the matters covered herein and therein and, except as specifically set forth herein or therein, neither the Company nor the Buyer makes any representation, warranty, covenant or undertaking with respect to such matters. No provision of this Agreement may be waived or amended other than by an instrument in writing signed by the majority in interest of the Buyer.

 

 

 

f. NOTICES

 

All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals, and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and, unless otherwise specified herein, shall be (i) personally served, (ii) deposited in the mail, registered or certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (iii) delivered by reputable air courier service with charges prepaid, or (iv) transmitted by hand delivery, telegram, or facsimile, addressed as set forth below or to such other address as such party shall have specified most recently by written notice. Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be deemed effective (a) upon hand delivery or delivery by facsimile, with accurate confirmation generated by the transmitting facsimile machine, at the address or number designated below (if delivered on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received), or the first business day following such delivery (if delivered other than on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received) or (b) on the second business day following the date of mailing by express courier service, fully prepaid, addressed to such address, or upon actual receipt of such mailing, whichever shall first occur. The addresses for such communications shall be:

 

If to the Borrower, to:

 

GREENE CONCEPTS, INCORPORATED

1865 HERNDON AVE. SUITE K-358

CLOVIS, CA 936119

 

If to the Holder:

 

[*]

 

Each party shall provide notice to the other party of any change in address.

 

g. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their successors and assigns. Neither the Company nor the Buyer shall assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Buyer may assign its rights hereunder to any person that purchases Securities in a private transaction from the Buyer or to any of its “affiliates,” as that term is defined under the 1934 Act, without the consent of the Company.

 

h. THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES

 

This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other person.

 

i. SURVIVAL

 

The representations and warranties of the Company and the agreements and covenants set forth in this Agreement shall survive the closing hereunder notwithstanding any due diligence investigation conducted by or on behalf of the Buyer. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Buyer and all their officers, directors, employees and agents for loss or damage arising as a result of or related to any breach or alleged breach by the Company of any of its representations, warranties and covenants set forth in this Agreement or any of its covenants and obligations under this Agreement, including advancement of expenses as they are incurred.

 

 

 

j. PUBLICITY

 

The Company, and the Buyer shall have the right to review a reasonable period of time before issuance of any press releases, SEC, OTC Markets or FINRA filings, or any other public statements with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby; provided, however, that the Company shall be entitled, without the prior approval of the Buyer, to make any press release or SEC, OTC Markets (or other applicable trading market) or FINRA filings with respect to such transactions as is required by applicable law and regulations (although the Buyer shall be consulted by the Company in connection with any such press release prior to its release and shall be provided with a copy thereof and be given an opportunity to comment thereon).

 

k. FURTHER ASSURANCES

 

Each party shall do and perform, or cause to be done and performed, all such further acts and things, and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents, as the other party may reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

l. NO STRICT CONSTRUCTION

 

The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rules of strict construction will be applied against any party. Remedies. The Company acknowledges that a breach by it of its obligations hereunder will cause irreparable harm to the Buyer by vitiating the intent and purpose of the transaction contemplated hereby. Accordingly, the Company acknowledges that the remedy at law for a breach of its obligations under this Agreement will be inadequate and agrees, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Company of the provisions of this Agreement, that the Buyer shall be entitled, in addition to all other available remedies at law or in equity, to an injunction or injunctions restraining, preventing or curing any breach of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof, without the necessity of showing economic loss and without any bond or other security being required.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Buyer and the Company have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

GREENE CONCEPTS INCORPORATED 

   
   
[*]  
   
   

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

NEITHER THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE NOR THE SECURITIES INTO WHICH THESE SECURITIES ARE EXERCISABLE HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED (I) IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR (B) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL (WHICH COUNSEL SHALL BE SELECTED BY THE HOLDER), IN A GENERALLY ACCEPTABLE FORM, THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SAID ACT OR (II) UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144, RULE 144A UNDER SAID ACT OR SUCH OTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THE SECURITIES MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES.

 

  US [*].00

 

GREENE CONCEPTS, INC.

[*]% CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE NOTE

[Date]

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Greene Concepts, Inc., a New York Corporation (the “Company”) promises to pay to the order Bergamo Consulting, LLC. and its authorized successors and permitted assigns (“Holder”), the aggregate principal face amount of [*] exactly (U.S. $ [*].00) on [*] (“Maturity Date”) and to pay interest on the principal amount outstanding hereunder at the rate of 12% per annum commencing on [*] .The interest will be paid to the Holder in whose name this Note is registered on the records of the Company regarding registration and transfers of this Note. The principal of, and interest on, this Note are payable to Bergamo Consulting, LLC. initially, and if changed, last appearing on the records of the Company as designated in writing by the Holder hereof from time to time. The Company will pay each interest payment and the outstanding principal due upon this Note before or on the Maturity Date, less any amounts required by law to be deducted or withheld, to the Holder of this Note by check or wire transfer addressed to such Holder at the last address appearing on the records of the Company. The forwarding of such check or wire transfer shall constitute a payment of outstanding principal hereunder and shall satisfy and discharge the liability for principal on this Note to the extent of the sum represented by such check or wire transfer. Interest shall be payable in Common Stock (as defined below) pursuant to paragraph 4(b) herein.

 

This Note is subject to the following additional provisions:

 

1.            This Note is exchangeable for an equal aggregate principal amount of Notes of different authorized denominations, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same. No service charge will be made for such registration or transfer or exchange, except that Holder shall pay any tax or other governmental charges payable in connection therewith.

 

2.            The Company shall be entitled to withhold from all payments any amounts required to be withheld under applicable laws.

 

3.            This Note may be transferred or exchanged only in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Act”) and applicable state securities laws. Any attempted transfer to a non-qualifying party shall be treated by the Company as void. Prior to due presentment for transfer of this Note, the Company and any agent of the Company may treat the person in whose name this Note is duly registered on the Company’s records as the owner hereof for all other purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company nor any such agent shall be affected or bound by notice to the contrary. Any Holder of this Note electing to exercise the right of conversion set forth in Section 4(a) hereof, in addition to the requirements set forth in Section 4(a), and any prospective transferee of this Note, also is required to give the Company written confirmation that this Note is being converted (“Notice of Conversion”) in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit A. The date of receipt (including receipt by telecopy) of such Notice of Conversion shall be the Conversion Date.

 

Initials

 

 

 

 

4.            (a) The Holder of this Note is entitled, at its option, at any time, and after full cash payment for the shares convertible hereunder, to convert all or any amount of the principal face amount of this Note then outstanding into shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Common Stock”) without restrictive legend of any nature, at a price (“Conversion Price”) for each share of Common Stock equal to a 50% discount to the of the lowest price traded of the Common Stock as reported on the National Quotations Bureau OTCQB/Pink exchange which the Company’s shares are traded or any exchange upon which the Common Stock may be traded in the future (“Exchange”), for the thirty (30) prior trading days including the day upon which a Notice of Conversion is received by the Company (provided such Notice of Conversion is delivered by fax or other electronic method of communication to the Company after 4 P.M. Eastern Standard or Daylight Savings Time if the Holder wishes to included the same day closing price). If the shares have not been delivered within 10 business days, the Notice of Conversion may be rescinded. Such conversion shall be effectuated by the Company delivering the shares of Common Stock to the Holder within 10 business days of receipt by the Company of the Notice of Conversion. Once the Holder has received such shares of Common Stock, the Holder shall surrender this Note to the Company, executed by the Holder evidencing such Holder’s intention to convert this Note or a specified portion hereof, and accompanied by proper assignment hereof in blank. Accrued but unpaid interest shall be subject to conversion. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractions of shares will be issued on conversion, but the number of shares issuable shall be rounded to the nearest whole share. In no event may the Holder make a conversion to own more than 9.99% of a class of voting securities of the Company while this Note is outstanding.

 

(b)          Interest on any unpaid principal balance of this Note shall be paid at the rate of 8% per annum. Interest shall be paid by the Company in Common Stock (“Interest Shares”). The Holder may, at any time, send in a Notice of Conversion to the Company for Interest Shares based on the formula provided in Section 4(a) above. The dollar amount converted into Interest Shares shall be all or a portion of the accrued interest calculated on the unpaid principal balance of this Note to the date of such notice.

 

(c)          This note may be redeemed by the Company at anytime for the purchase price paid by holder less any principal amounts converted, and not to be less than $500.

 

(d)          Upon (i) a transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any person in a single transaction or series of related transactions, (ii) a reclassification, capital reorganization or other change or exchange of outstanding shares of the Common Stock (not including a reverse or forward split of share), or (iii) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another person or entity in which the Company is not the surviving entity (other than a merger which is effected solely to change the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company and results in a reclassification, conversion or exchange of outstanding shares of Common Stock solely into shares of Common Stock) (each of items (i), (ii) and (iii) being referred to as a “Sale Event”), then, in each case, the Company shall, upon request of the Holder, redeem this Note in cash for 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued but unpaid interest through the date of redemption, or at the election of the Holder, such Holder may convert the unpaid principal amount of this Note (together with the amount of accrued but unpaid interest) into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to such Sale Event at the Conversion Price.

 

(e)          In case of any Sale Event in connection with which this Note is not redeemed or converted, the Company shall cause effective provision to be made so that the Holder of this Note shall have the right thereafter, by converting this Note, to purchase or convert this Note into the kind and number of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, capital reorganization or other change, consolidation or merger by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock that could have been purchased upon exercise of the Note and at the same Conversion Price, as defined in this Note, immediately prior to such Sale Event. The foregoing provisions shall similarly apply to successive Sale Events. If the consideration received by the holders of Common Stock is other than cash, the value shall be as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company or successor person or entity acting in good faith.

 

Initials

 

2 

 

 

5. No provision of this Note shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, and interest on, this Note at the time, place, and rate, and in the form, herein prescribed.

 

6. The Company hereby expressly waives demand and presentment for payment, notice of nonpayment, protest, notice of protest, notice of dishonor, notice of acceleration or intent to accelerate, and diligence in taking any action to collect amounts called for hereunder and shall be directly and primarily liable for the payment of all sums owing and to be owing hereto.

 

7. If one or more of the following described “Events of Default” shall occur:

 

(a) The Company shall default in the payment of principal or interest on this Note or any other note issued to the Holder by the Company; or

 

(b) Any of the representations or warranties made by the Company herein or in any certificate or financial or other written statements heretofore or hereafter furnished by or on behalf of the Company in connection with the execution and delivery of this Note, or the Securities Purchase Agreement under which this note was issued shall be false or misleading in any respect; or

 

(c) The Company shall fail to perform or observe, in any respect, any covenant, term, provision, condition, agreement or obligation of the Company under this Note or any other note issued to the Holder; or

 

(d) The Company shall (1) become insolvent; (2) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they mature; (3) make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or commence proceedings for its dissolution; (4) apply for or consent to the appointment of a trustee, liquidator or receiver for its or for a substantial part of its property or business; (5) file a petition for bankruptcy relief, consent to the filing of such petition or have filed against it an involuntary petition for bankruptcy relief, all under federal or state laws as applicable; or

 

(e) A trustee, liquidator or receiver shall be appointed for the Company or for a substantial part of its property or business without its consent and shall not be discharged within thirty (30) days after such appointment; or

 

(f) Any governmental agency or any court of competent jurisdiction at the instance of any governmental agency shall assume custody or control of the whole or any substantial portion of the properties or assets of the Company; or

 

(g) defaulted on or breached any term of any other note of similar debt instrument into which the Company has entered and failed to cure such default within the appropriate grace period, unless such breach would not reasonably have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to fulfill its obligations hereunder; or

 

Initials

 

3 

 

 

Then, or at any time thereafter, unless cured, and in each and every such case, unless such Event of Default shall have been waived in writing by the Holder (which waiver shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent default) at the option of the Holder and in the Holder’s sole discretion, the Holder may consider this Note immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or (further) notice of any kind (other than notice of acceleration), all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything herein or in any note or other instruments contained to the contrary notwithstanding, and the Holder may immediately, and without expiration of any period of grace, enforce any and all of the Holder’s rights and remedies provided herein or any other rights or remedies afforded by law.

 

8.            In case any provision of this Note is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be excessive in scope or otherwise invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be adjusted rather than voided, if possible, so that it is enforceable to the maximum extent possible, and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Note will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

9.            Neither this Note nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument signed by the Company and the Holder.

 

10.          The Company represents that it is not a “shell” issuer and has never been a “shell” issuer or that if it previously has been a “shell” issuer that at least 12 months have passed since the Company has reported form 10 type information indicating it is no longer a “shell issuer. Further. The Company will instruct its counsel to either (i) write a 144- 3(a)(9) opinion to allow for salability of the conversion shares or (ii) accept such opinion from Holder’s counsel.

 

11.          This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Delaware applicable to contracts made and wholly to be performed within the State of Delaware and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each party hereto. The Holder and the Company hereby mutually waive trial by jury and consent to exclusive jurisdiction and venue in the courts of the State of New York. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and the facsimile transmission of an executed counterpart to this Agreement shall be effective as an original.

 

Initials

 

4 

 

 

12.          All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals, and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and, unless otherwise specified herein, shall be (i) personally served, (ii) deposited in the mail, registered or certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (iii) delivered by reputable air courier service with charges prepaid, or (iv) transmitted by hand delivery, telegram, or facsimile, addressed as set forth below or to such other address as such party shall have specified most recently by written notice. Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be deemed effective (a) upon hand delivery or delivery by facsimile, with accurate confirmation generated by the transmitting facsimile machine, at the address or number designated below (if delivered on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received), or the first business day following such delivery (if delivered other than on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received) or (b) on the second business day following the date of mailing by express courier service, fully prepaid, addressed to such address, or upon actual receipt of such mailing, whichever shall first occur. The addresses for such communications shall be:

 

If to the Borrower:

 

GREENE CONCEPTS, INC.
1865 HERNDON AVE
SUITE K-358
CLOVIS, CA 93611

 

If to the Holder:

 

BERGAMO CONSULTING, LLC
459 SW 5TH AVE
FORT LAUDERDALE, FL 33315

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be duly executed by an officer thereunto duly authorized.

         
Dated:      
       
GREENE CONCEPTS, INC.  
   
By:      
       
Name:        
       
Title:      
       
ACCEPTED BY BERGAMO CONSULTING, LLC.  
   
By:      
       
Name:      
       
Title:      

 

Initials

 

5 

 

 

Exhibit A.

 

EXHIBIT A
NOTICE OF CONVERSION

 

(To be Executed by the Registered Holder in order to Convert the Note)

 

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to convert $_______________of the [principal amount] [accrued interest] of the Note into__________Shares of Common Stock of Greene Concepts, Inc.(“Shares”) according to the conditions set forth in such Note, as of the date written below.

 

If Shares are to be issued in the name of a person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will pay all transfer and other taxes and charges payable with respect thereto.

 

Date of Conversion:  

 

Applicable Conversion Price:  

 

Signature:    
  [Print Name of Holder and Title of Signer]
   
Address:  
   
   
SSN or EIN:  
   
Shares are to be registered in the following name:  

 

Name:  
   
Address:  
   
Tel:  
   
Fax:  
   
SSN or EIN:  
   
Shares are to be sent or delivered to the following account:
 
Account Name:  
   
Address:  

 

Initials

 

6 

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

GREENE CONCEPTS, INC.

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

NOTICE TO INVESTORS

 

THIS INVESTMENT INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. THIS INVESTMENT IS SUITABLE ONLY FOR PERSONS WHO CAN BEAR THE ECONOMIC RISK FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME AND WHO CAN AFFORD TO LOSE THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT. FURTHERMORE, INVESTORS MUST UNDERSTAND THAT SUCH INVESTMENT IS ILLIQUID AND IS EXPECTED TO CONTINUE TO BE ILLIQUID FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. NO PUBLIC MARKET EXISTS FOR THE SECURITIES.

 

THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS AND ARE BEING OFFERED AND SOLD IN RELIANCE ON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS. ALTHOUGH AN OFFERING STATEMENT HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE “SEC”), THAT OFFERING STATEMENT DOES NOT INCLUDE THE SAME INFORMATION THAT WOULD BE INCLUDED IN A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT. THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SEC, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR OTHER REGULATORY AUTHORITY, NOR HAVE ANY OF THE FOREGOING AUTHORITIES PASSED UPON THE MERITS OF THIS OFFERING OR THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER MATERIALS OR INFORMATION MADE AVAILABLE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.

 

THE SECURITIES CANNOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT. IN ADDITION, THE SECURITIES CANNOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS. INVESTORS WHO ARE NOT “ACCREDITED INVESTORS” (AS THAT TERM IS DEFINED IN SECTION 501 OF REGULATION D PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) ARE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS ON THE AMOUNT THEY MAY INVEST, AS SET OUT IN SECTION 4(g). THE COMPANY IS RELYING ON THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH BY EACH INVESTOR IN THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER INFORMATION PROVIDED BY INVESTOR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING TO DETERMINE THE APPLICABILITY TO THIS OFFERING OF EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS MAY NOT TREAT THE CONTENTS OF THE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT, THE OFFERING CIRCULAR OR ANY OF THE OTHER MATERIALS PROVIDED BY THE COMPANY (COLLECTIVELY, THE “OFFERING MATERIALS”), OR ANY PRIOR OR SUBSEQUENT COMMUNICATIONS FROM THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS (INCLUDING “TESTING THE WATERS” MATERIALS) AS INVESTMENT, LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE. IN MAKING AN INVESTMENT DECISION, INVESTORS MUST RELY ON THEIR OWN EXAMINATION OF THE COMPANY AND THE TERMS OF THIS OFFERING, INCLUDING THE MERITS AND THE RISKS INVOLVED. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT THE INVESTOR’S OWN COUNSEL, ACCOUNTANTS AND OTHER PROFESSIONAL ADVISORS AS TO INVESTMENT, LEGAL, TAX AND OTHER RELATED MATTERS CONCERNING THE INVESTOR’S PROPOSED INVESTMENT.

 

THE OFFERING MATERIALS MAY CONTAIN FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION RELATING TO, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE COMPANY, ITS BUSINESS PLAN AND STRATEGY, AND ITS INDUSTRY. THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE BASED ON THE BELIEFS OF, ASSUMPTIONS MADE BY, AND INFORMATION CURRENTLY AVAILABLE TO THE COMPANY’S MANAGEMENT. WHEN USED IN THE OFFERING MATERIALS, THE WORDS “ESTIMATE,” “PROJECT,” “BELIEVE,” “ANTICIPATE,” “INTEND,” “EXPECT” AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS ARE INTENDED TO IDENTIFY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH CONSTITUTE FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS. THESE STATEMENTS REFLECT MANAGEMENT’S CURRENT VIEWS WITH RESPECT TO FUTURE EVENTS AND ARE SUBJECT TO RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES THAT COULD CAUSE THE COMPANY’S ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE CONTAINED IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. INVESTORS ARE CAUTIONED NOT TO PLACE UNDUE RELIANCE ON THESE FORWARD- LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH SPEAK ONLY AS OF THE DATE ON WHICH THEY ARE MADE. THE COMPANY DOES NOT UNDERTAKE ANY OBLIGATION TO REVISE OR UPDATE THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS TO REFLECT EVENTS OR CIRCUMSTANCES AFTER SUCH DATE OR TO REFLECT THE OCCURRENCE OF UNANTICIPATED EVENTS.

 

1

 

 

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

This subscription agreement (this “Subscription Agreement” or the “Agreement”) is entered into by and between Greene Concepts, Inc., a New York corporation (hereinafter the “Company”) and the undersigned (hereinafter the “Investor”) as of the date set forth on the signature page hereto. Any term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Offering Circular (as defined below).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to offer shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”) on a “best efforts” basis pursuant to Regulation A of Section 3(b)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), pursuant to a Tier 1 offering (the “Offering”), with no minimum requirement and no escrow account, at a purchase price of $0.0015 per share (the “Per Share Purchase Price”), for total gross proceeds of up to $3,000,000 (the “Maximum Offering”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Investor desires to acquire that number of shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”) as set forth on the signature page hereto at the purchase price set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS, the Offering will terminate on the first to occur of: (i) the date on which the Maximum Offering is completed; (ii) the date which is one year from this offering being qualified by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”); or (iii) the date on which the offering is earlier terminated by the Company in its sole discretion, subject to the Company’s right to undertake one or more closings on a rolling basis (in each case, the “Termination Date”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

 

1.        Subscription.

 

(a)      The Investor hereby irrevocably subscribes for and agrees to purchase the number of Shares set forth on the signature page hereto at the Per Share Purchase Price, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein. The aggregate purchase price for the Shares with respect to each Investor (the “Purchase Price”) is payable in the manner provided in Section 2(a) below.

 

(b)       Investor understands that the Shares are being offered pursuant to the Regulation A Offering Circular dated _______________, 2019 and its exhibits (collectively, the “Offering Circular”) as filed with the SEC. By subscribing to the Offering, the Investor acknowledges that Investor has received and reviewed a copy of the Offering Circular and any other information required by Investor to make an investment decision with respect to the Shares. After the Offering Circular has been qualified by the SEC, the Company will accept tenders of funds to purchase the Shares. The Company will close on investments on a “rolling basis,” pursuant to the terms of the Offering Circular. As a result, not all investors will receive their Shares on the same date.

 

2

 

 

(c)       This subscription may be accepted or rejected in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason, at any time prior to the Termination Date, by the Company at its sole and absolute discretion. In addition, the Company, at its sole and absolute discretion, may allocate to Investor only a portion of the number of the Shares that Investor has subscribed for hereunder. The Company will notify Investor whether this subscription is accepted (whether in whole or in part) or rejected. If Investor’s subscription is rejected, Investor’s payment (or portion thereof if partially rejected) will be returned to Investor without interest and all of Investor’s obligations hereunder shall terminate. In the event of rejection of this subscription in its entirety, or in the event the sale of the Shares (or any portion thereof) to an Investor is not consummated for any reason, this Subscription Agreement shall have no force or effect, except for Section 5 hereof, which shall remain in force and effect.

 

(d)       The terms of this Subscription Agreement shall be binding upon Investor and its permitted transferees, heirs, successors and assigns (collectively, the “Transferees”); provided, however, that for any such transfer to be deemed effective, the Transferee shall have executed and delivered to the Company in advance an instrument in form acceptable to the Company in its sole discretion, pursuant to which the proposed Transferee shall acknowledge and agree to be bound by the representations and warranties of Investor and the terms of this Subscription Agreement. No transfer of this Agreement may be made without the consent of the Company, which may be withheld in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

2.        Payment & Purchase Procedure. The Purchase Price shall be paid simultaneously with Investor’s subscription. Investor shall deliver payment for the aggregate purchase price of the Shares by wire transfer to an account designated by the Company in Section 9 below. The Investor acknowledges that, in order to subscribe for Shares, he must fully comply with the purchase procedure requirements set forth in Section 9 below.

 

3.        Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to Investor that the following representations and warranties are true and complete in all material respects as of the date of each Closing: (a) the Company is a corporation duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of New York. The Company has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets, to execute and deliver this Subscription Agreement, the Shares and any other agreements or instruments required hereunder. The Company is duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its activities and of its properties (both owned and leased) makes such qualification necessary, except for those jurisdictions in which failure to do so would not have a material adverse effect on the Company or its business; (b) The issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares in accordance with this Subscription Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company. The Shares, when issued, sold and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the provisions of this Subscription Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; (c) the acceptance by the Company of this Subscription Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby are within the Company’s powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company. Upon the Company’s acceptance of this Subscription Agreement, this Subscription Agreement shall constitute a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies and (iii) with respect to provisions relating to indemnification and contribution, as limited by

 

4.        Representations and Warranties of Investor. By subscribing to the Offering, Investor (and, if Investor is purchasing the Shares subscribed for hereby in a fiduciary capacity, the person or persons for whom Investor is so purchasing) represents and warrants, which representations and warranties are true and complete in all material respects, as of the date of each Closing:

 

(a)      Requisite Power and Authority. Investor has all necessary power and authority under all applicable provisions of law to subscribe to the Offering, to execute and deliver this Subscription Agreement and to carry out the provisions thereof. All actions on Investor’s part required for the lawful subscription to the offering have been or will be effectively taken prior to the Closing. Upon subscribing to the Offering, this Subscription Agreement will be a valid and binding obligation of Investor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights and (ii) as limited by general principles of equity that restrict the availability of equitable remedies.

 

3

 

 

(b)      Company Offering Circular; Company Information. Investor acknowledges the public availability of the Company’s current Offering Circular which can be viewed on the SEC Edgar Database, under the CIK number 0001585380. This Offering Circular is made available in the Company’s most recent qualified offering statement on SEC Form 1-A, as amended, deemed qualified on _________________, 2019. In the Company’s Offering Circular, it makes clear the terms and conditions of the offering of Shares and the risks associated therewith are described. Investor has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management and financial affairs with directors, officers and management of the Company and has had the opportunity to review the Company’s operations and facilities. Investor has also had the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from the Company and its management regarding the terms and conditions of this investment. Investor acknowledges that except as set forth herein, no representations or warranties have been made to Investor, or to Investor’s advisors or representative, by the Company or others with respect to the business or prospects of the Company or its financial condition.

 

(c)       Investment Experience; Investor Determination of Suitability. Investor has sufficient experience in financial and business matters to be capable of utilizing such information to evaluate the merits and risks of Investor’s investment in the Shares, and to make an informed decision relating thereto. Alternatively, the Investor has utilized the services of a purchaser representative and together they have sufficient experience in financial and business matters that they are capable of utilizing such information to evaluate the merits and risks of Investor’s investment in the Shares, and to make an informed decision relating thereto. Investor has evaluated the risks of an investment in the Shares, including those described in the section of the Offering Circular entitled “Risk Factors,” and has determined that the investment is suitable for Investor. Investor has adequate financial resources for an investment of this character. Investor could bear a complete loss of Investor’s investment in the Company.

 

(d)      No Registration. Investor understands that the Shares are not being registered under the Securities Act, on the ground that the issuance thereof is exempt under Regulation A of Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, and that reliance on such exemption is predicated in part on the truth and accuracy of Investor’s representations and warranties, and those of the other purchasers of the Shares in the offering. Investor further understands that the Shares are not being registered under the securities laws of any states on the basis that the issuance thereof is exempt as an offer and sale not involving a registrable public offering in such state, since the Shares are “covered securities” under the National Securities Market Improvement Act of 1996. Investor covenants not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Shares unless such Shares have been registered under the Securities Act and under applicable state securities laws, or exemptions from such registration requirements are available.

 

(e)      Illiquidity and Continued Economic Risk. Investor acknowledges and agrees that there is no ready public market for the Shares and that there is no guarantee that a market for their resale will ever exist. The Company has no obligation to list any of the Shares on any market or take any steps (including registration under the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) with respect to facilitating trading or resale of the Shares. Investor must bear the economic risk of this investment indefinitely and Investor acknowledges that Investor is able to bear the economic risk of losing Investor’s entire investment in the Shares.

 

(f)       Accredited Investor Status or Investment Limits. Investor represents that either:

 

(i) that Investor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Shares Act; or

 

(ii) that the Purchase Price, together with any other amounts previously used to purchase Shares in this offering, does not exceed Ten Percent (10%) of the greater of Investor’s annual income or net worth (or in the case where Investor is a non-natural person, their revenue or net assets for such Investor’s most recently completed fiscal year end).

 

4

 

 

Investor represents that to the extent it has any questions with respect to its status as an accredited investor, or the application of the investment limits, it has sought professional advice.

 

(g)      Stockholder Information. Within five (5) days after receipt of a request from the Company, Investor hereby agrees to provide such information with respect to its status as a stockholder (or potential stockholder) and to execute and deliver such documents as may reasonably be necessary to comply with any and all laws and regulations to which the Company is or may become subject, including, without limitation, the need to determine the accredited investor status of the Company’s stockholders. Investor further agrees that in the event it transfers any Shares, it will require the transferee of such Shares to agree to provide such information to the Company as a condition of such transfer.

 

(h)      Valuation; Arbitrary Determination of Per Share Purchase Price by the Company. Investor acknowledges that the Per Share Purchase Price of the Shares to be sold in this offering was set by the Company on the basis of the Company’s internal valuation and no warranties are made as to value. Investor further acknowledges that future offerings of securities of the Company may be made at lower valuations, with the result that Investor’s investment will bear a lower valuation.

 

(i)       Domicile. Investor maintains Investor’s domicile (and is not a transient or temporary resident) at the address provided with Investors subscription.

 

(j)       Foreign Investors. If Investor is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), Investor hereby represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Shares or any use of this Subscription Agreement, including (i) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Shares, (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained, and (iv) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale, or transfer of the Shares. Investor’s subscription and payment for and continued beneficial ownership of the Shares will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of Investor’s jurisdiction.

 

(k)      Fiduciary Capacity. If Investor is purchasing the Shares in a fiduciary capacity for another person or entity, including without limitation a corporation, partnership, trust or any other entity, the Investor has been duly authorized and empowered to execute this Agreement and all other subscription documents. Upon request of the Company, Investor will provide true, complete and current copies of all relevant documents creating the Investor, authorizing its investment in the Company and/or evidencing the satisfaction of the foregoing.

 

5.        Indemnity. The representations, warranties and covenants made by Investor herein shall survive the closing of this Subscription Agreement. Investor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its respective officers, directors and affiliates, and each other person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever (including, but not limited to, any and all reasonable attorneys’ fees, including attorneys’ fees on appeal) and expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any false representation or warranty or breach of failure by Investor to comply with any covenant or agreement made by Investor herein or in any other document furnished by Investor to any of the foregoing in connection with this transaction.

 

6.        Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of the Offering Circular, including, without limitation, this Subscription Agreement, shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof. Each party agrees that all legal proceedings concerning the interpretations, enforcement and defense of the transactions contemplated by this Subscription Agreement and any documents included within the Offering Circular (whether brought against a party hereto or its respective affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, partners, members, employees or agents) shall be commenced exclusively in the state and federal courts sitting in the City of Asheville, North Carolina. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the City of Asheville, North Carolina for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein (including with respect to the enforcement of any of the documents included within the Offering Circular), and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such action or proceeding is improper or is an inconvenient venue for such proceeding. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Subscription Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. If any party hereto shall commence an action or proceeding to enforce any provisions of the documents included within the Offering Circular, then the prevailing party in such action or proceeding shall be reimbursed by the non-prevailing party for its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred with the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such action or proceeding. IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING IN ANY JURISDICTION BROUGHT BY ANY PARTY AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY, THE PARTIES EACH KNOWINGLY AND INTENTIONALLY, TO THE GREATEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, HEREBY ABSOLUTELY, UNCONDITIONALLY, IRREVOCABLY AND EXPRESSLY WAIVES FOREVER TRIAL BY JURY.

 

5

 

 

7.        Market Stand-Off. If so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “Managing Underwriter”) in connection with any underwritten or Regulation A+ offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act, the undersigned (including any successor or assign) shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 30-day period preceding and the 270-day period following the effective date of a registration or offering statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act for such public offering or Regulation A+ offering or underwriting (or such shorter period as may be requested by the Managing Underwriter and agreed to by the Company) (the “Market Standoff Period”). The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period.

 

8.        Notices. Notice, requests, demands and other communications relating to this Subscription Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if and when (a) delivered personally, on the date of such delivery; or (b) mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, in the third day after the posting thereof; or (c) emailed on the date of such delivery to the address of the respective parties as follows, if to the Company, to Greene Concepts, Inc., 13195 U.S. Highway 221 N, Marion, North Carolina, 28752, Attention: Karen Howard, Chief Executive Officer. If to Investor, at Investor’s address supplied in connection with this subscription, or to such other address as may be specified by written notice from time to time by the party entitled to receive such notice. Any notices, requests, demands or other communications by email shall be confirmed by letter given in accordance with (a) or (b) above.

 

9.        Purchase Procedure. The Investor acknowledges that, in order to subscribe for Shares, he must, and he does hereby, deliver to the Company: (a) one (1) executed counterpart of the Signature Page attached to this Subscription Agreement; and (b) payment for the aggregate Purchase Price in the amount set forth on the Signature Page attached to this Agreement, representing payment in full for the Shares desired to be purchased hereunder, via bank wire transfer to the Company’s designated account utilizing the following wire transfer instructions:

 

Bank Account Name:   Greene Concepts, Inc.
13195 U.S. Highway 221 N
Marion, North Carolina 28752
     
Bank Account Number:   [____________]
Bank Name & Address:   [____________]
     
Bank ABA Routing Number:   [_____________]
Bank SWIFT Code:   [_______________]

 

6

 

 

10.     Miscellaneous. All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons or entity or entities may require. Other than as set forth herein, this Subscription Agreement is not transferable or assignable by Investor. The representations, warranties and agreements contained herein shall be deemed to be made by and be binding upon Investor and its heirs, executors, administrators and successors and shall inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns. None of the provisions of this Subscription Agreement may be waived, changed or terminated orally or otherwise, except as specifically set forth herein or except by a writing signed by the Company and Investor. In the event any part of this Subscription Agreement is found to be void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions are intended to be separable and binding with the same effect as if the void or unenforceable part were never the subject of agreement. The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of one or more of the provisions of this Subscription Agreement in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Subscription Agreement in such jurisdiction or the validity, legality or enforceability of this Subscription Agreement, including any such provision, in any other jurisdiction, it being intended that all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. This Subscription Agreement supersedes all prior discussions and agreements between the parties, if any, with respect to the subject matter hereof and contains the sole and entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. The terms and provisions of this Subscription Agreement are intended solely for the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and assigns, and it is not the intention of the parties to confer, and no provision hereof shall confer, third-party beneficiary rights upon any other person. The headings used in this Subscription Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and do not define or limit the provisions hereof. In the event that either party hereto shall commence any suit, action or other proceeding to interpret this Subscription Agreement, or determine to enforce any right or obligation created hereby, then such party, if it prevails in such action, shall recover its reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses and costs of appeal, if any. All notices and communications to be given or otherwise made to Investor shall be deemed to be sufficient if sent by e-mail to such address provided by Investor on the signature page of this Subscription Agreement. Unless otherwise specified in this Subscription Agreement, Investor shall send all notices or other communications required to be given hereunder to the Company via e-mail at info@mammothventuresinc.com. Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been delivered and received on the first business day following that on which the e-mail has been sent (assuming that there is no error in delivery). As used in this Section 10, the term “business day” shall mean any day other than a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are legally closed for business. This Subscription Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Subscription Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

11.     Consent to Electronic Delivery of Notices, Disclosures and Forms. Investor understands that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any notices, disclosures, forms, privacy statements, reports or other communications (collectively, “Communications”) regarding the Company, the Investor’s investment in the Company and the Common Stock Shares (including annual and other updates and tax documents) may be delivered by electronic means, such as by e-mail. Investor hereby consents to electronic delivery as described in the preceding sentence. In so consenting, Investor acknowledges that e-mail messages are not secure and may contain computer viruses or other defects, may not be accurately replicated on other systems or may be intercepted, deleted or interfered with, with or without the knowledge of the sender or the intended recipient. The Investor also acknowledges that an e-mail from the Company may be accessed by recipients other than the Investor and may be interfered with, may contain computer viruses or other defects and may not be successfully replicated on other systems. Neither the Company, nor any of its respective officers, directors and affiliates, and each other person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act (collectively, the “Company Parties”), gives any warranties in relation to these matters. Investor further understands and agrees to each of the following: (a) other than with respect to tax documents in the case of an election to receive paper versions, none of the Company Parties will be under any obligation to provide Investor with paper versions of any Communications; (b) electronic Communications may be provided to Investor via e-mail or a website of a Company Party upon written notice of such website’s internet address to such Investor. In order to view and retain the Communications, the Investor’s computer hardware and software must, at a minimum, be capable of accessing the Internet, with connectivity to an internet service provider or any other capable communications medium, and with software capable of viewing and printing a portable document format (“PDF”) file created by Adobe Acrobat. Further, the Investor must have a personal e-mail address capable of sending and receiving e-mail messages to and from the Company Parties. To print the documents, the Investor will need access to a printer compatible with his or her hardware and the required software; (c) if these software or hardware requirements change in the future, a Company Party will notify the Investor through written notification. To facilitate these services, the Investor must provide the Company with his or her current e-mail address and update that information as necessary. Unless otherwise required by law, the Investor will be deemed to have received any electronic Communications that are sent to the most current e-mail address that the Investor has provided to the Company in writing; (d) none of the Company Parties will assume liability for non-receipt of notification of the availability of electronic Communications in the event the Investor’s e-mail address on file is invalid; the Investor’s e-mail or Internet service provider filters the notification as “spam” or “junk mail”; there is a malfunction in the Investor’s computer, browser, internet service or software; or for other reasons beyond the control of the Company Parties; and (e) solely with respect to the provision of tax documents by a Company Party, the Investor agrees to each of the following: (i) if the Investor does not consent to receive tax documents electronically, a paper copy will be provided, and (ii) the Investor’s consent to receive tax documents electronically continues for every tax year of the Company until the Investor withdraws its consent by notifying the Company in writing.

 

7

 

 

INVESTOR CERTIFIES THAT HE HAS READ THIS ENTIRE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND THAT EVERY STATEMENT MADE BY THE INVESTOR HEREIN IS TRUE AND COMPLETE.

 

THE COMPANY MAY NOT BE OFFERING THE SECURITIES IN EVERY STATE. THE OFFERING MATERIALS DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION IN ANY STATE OR JURISDICTION IN WHICH THE SECURITIES ARE NOT BEING OFFERED. THE INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THE OFFERING MATERIALS WAS PREPARED BY THE COMPANY SOLELY FOR THE USE BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING. NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES ARE MADE AS TO THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN ANY OFFERING MATERIALS, AND NOTHING CONTAINED IN THE OFFERING MATERIALS IS OR SHOULD BE RELIED UPON AS A PROMISE OR REPRESENTATION AS TO THE FUTURE PERFORMANCE OF THE COMPANY.

 

THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION AND FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER TO MODIFY, AMEND AND/OR WITHDRAW ALL OR A PORTION OF THE OFFERING AND/OR ACCEPT OR REJECT, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, FOR ANY REASON OR FOR NO REASON, ANY PROSPECTIVE INVESTMENT IN THE SECURITIES OR TO ALLOT TO ANY PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR LESS THAN THE DOLLAR AMOUNT OF SECURITIES SUCH INVESTOR DESIRES TO PURCHASE. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THE OFFERING MATERIALS SPEAK AS OF THEIR DATE. NEITHER THE DELIVERY NOR THE PURCHASE OF THE SECURITIES SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THAT DATE.

 

[THIS SPACE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 

8

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Subscription Agreement is executed as of the ______ day of _________, 20__.

 

Number of Shares Subscribed For:    
     
Total Purchase Price:      $
     
Signature of Investor:    
     
Name of Investor:    
     
Address of Investor:    
     
Electronic Mail Address:    
     
Investor’s SS# or Tax ID#:    

 

Please designate whether your Shares should be Issued in Book or Certificate.

 

  _______Book   _______Certificate Issued
       

 

ACCEPTED BY: GREENE CONCEPTS, INC.

 

Signature of Authorized Signatory: __________________________________

 

Name of Authorized Signatory: Karen Howard, Chief Executive Officer

 

Date of Acceptance: _________________, 2019

 

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]

 

9

 

Exhibit 6.1

 

STOCK PURCHASE ACQUISITON AGREEMENT

And

MERGER AGREEMENT

AND

PROMISSORY NOTE AGREEMENT

 

Dated: February 6, 2019

 

Purchaser and Borrower: Greene Concepts Inc.

(a New York based corporation)

 

Address: 1865 Herndon Ave Suite K-358

Clovis, CA 93611

 

Seller and Lender: BNL Capital LLC

(a Florida based Limited Liability Company)

 

Address: 1356 Bennett Drive

Longwood, FL 32750

 

Stock Purchase Acquisition and Merger

 

BNL Capital LLC, a Florida Limited Liability Company, agrees to sell one hundred percent (100%) of the outstanding shares of Mammoth Ventures Inc (“Mammoth”), a Florida Corporation, to Greene Concepts Inc., a New York Corporation. Such sale of 100% of the outstanding shares of Mammoth Ventures Inc. includes all business assets and liabilities including but not limited to the Mammoth wholly-owned land and production facility including all property and equipment, tradenames, trademarks and other business properties but real and intellectual operated under and referred to as “North Cove Springs Bottling and Beverage Inc. plant” located on an approximately 4.5 acre parcel located at 13195 Highway 221N., Marion, North Carolina 28752. Greene Concepts assumes ALL assets and debts including on the books of Mammoth Ventures in this acquisition.

 

Page 1 of 4 Purchaser/Borrower initials (GRAPHIC)     Seller/Lender initials (GRAPHIC)

 

 

 

 

Promissory Note

 

I. Promise to Pay. For value received, Borrower promises to pay Lender, $1,350,000 and interest at the yearly rate of 4.5% of the unpaid balance as specified below. Borrower and Lender agree that the Lender is holding the note based upon a balance due of $1,350,000 at an annual interest rate of 4.5%. Monthly payments, interest only, for a five-year period shall begin on the first day of the month following the closing and each month thereafter with a balloon payment for any balance remaining at the end of five-years (60-months). An example of the monthly payment based upon a balance of $1,350,000 at 4.5% shall be $5,062.50

 

II. Installments.

 

Monthly Installments. Borrower will pay 60 monthly, interest-only installments of $5,062.50 each and any future adjustments on monthly interest payments would be based and calculated on any principal amount that is paid down. Payment shall be made at Lenders address above.

 

III. Date of Installment Payments.

 

Monthly Installments: Borrower will make an installment payment on the 1th day of each month beginning March 1, 2019.

 

IV. Application of Payments. Payments will be interest-only the first 59 months of payment. Minimum milestone payments will be made on the first day of each 12-month period following the date of closing in the amount of $200,000. On the first day of the 60th month, the entire remaining outstanding principal balance will be paid to Lender.

 

V. Prepayment. Borrower may prepay all or any part of the principal without penalty.

 

VI. Loan Acceleration. If Borrower is more than 30 days late in making any payment, Lender may declare that the entire balance of unpaid principal is due immediately, together with the interest that has accrued.

 

VII Stock Bonus. As an incentive for Lender to enter into this loan arrangement, Borrower shall receive compensation in the form of two million (2,000,000) shares of the Greene Concepts Inc. (traded under the symbol INKW) Series A Preferred Stock (Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into the Company’s Common stock at a rate of 100 shares Common for l share of Preferred). Stock shall be issued to Lender within 30 days of receipt of the executed note agreement

 

Page 2 of 4 Purchaser/Borrower initials (GRAPHIC)     Seller/Lender initials  (GRAPHIC)

 

 

 

 

VIII. Security.

 

This is a secured note. Borrower agrees that until the principal and interest owed under this promissory note are paid in full, this note will be secured by 100% of the outstanding shares of Mammoth Ventures Inc as well as the Mammoth wholly-owned land and production facility including all property and equipment, tradenames, trademarks and other business properties but real and intellectual operated under and referred to as ’‘North Cove Springs Bottling and Beverage Inc. plant” located on an approximately 4.5 acre parcel located at 13195 Highway 221N., Marion, North Carolina 28752.

 

It is further acknowledged and agreed that in order to secure payment in accordance with the terms of the Promissory Note, BNL concurrent with the acceptance of this promissory note to Greene Concepts will file a UCC-1 financing statement giving notice of the interest on all property, intellectual property, and tangible assets, including but not limited to, all bottling and beverage machinery and other personal property owned by Mammoth Ventures Inc and North Cove Springs Bottling and Beverage Inc. located at its water plant referenced in the preceding paragraph.

 

IX. Collection Costs. If Lender or Borrower prevails in a lawsuit in connection with this note, the prevailing party shall be entitled to their costs and attorneys’ fees in an amount the court finds reasonable.

 

X. Notices. All notices must be in writing. A notice may be delivered to Borrower or Lender at the address specified in Section I, above or to a new address Borrower or Lender has designed in writing. A notice may be delivered:

 

(1) in person;

 

(2) by certified mail; or,

 

(3) by overnight courier.

 

XI Governing Law. This promissory note will be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida with venue being in Seminole County.

 

XIL Severability. If any court determines that any provision of this agreement is invalid or unenforceable, any invalidity or on enforceability will affect only that provision I will not make any other provision of this agreement invalid unenforceable and such provision shall be modified, amended, or limited only to the extent necessary to render it valid and enforceable.

 

Page 3 of 4 Purchaser/Borrower Initials (GRAPHIC)     Seller/Lender Initials (GRAPHIC)

 

 

 

 

Dated: February 6, 2019 

   
Borrower: Green Concepts Inc.  
   
By: -S- LENNY GREENE    dated this 6th day of February, 2019
  Lenny Greene, President  
  Greene Concepts Inc.  
     
Lender: BNL Capital LLC  
   
By: -S- ROBERT LEVIT    dated this 6th day of February, 2019
  Robert Levit, Managing Member  
  BNL Capital, LLC  

 

Page 4 of 4 Purchaser/Borrower initials     Seller/Lender initials   (GRAPHIC)

 

 

CONTRACT SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Agreement made and entered into this 1 8th day of January, 2019, by and between Greene Concepts Inc ("Company"), and Karen Howard ("Contractor"). The parties recite that:

A. Company maintains business premises at located at 13195 Hwy 22 IN, Marion, NC 28752 and the Company is engaged in the bottling and beverage industry.
B. Contractor is willing to be retained by Company, and Company is willing to employ Contractor, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. For the reasons set forth above, and in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises of the parties hereto, Company and Contractor covenant and agree as follows:
1. AGREEMENT FOR SERVICES

Company hereby retains Contractor as President/CEO of Greene Concepts Inc. and Contractor hereby accepts and agrees to the position.

2. DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACTOR'S DUTIES

Subject to the supervision and pursuant to the orders, advice, and direction of Company, Contractor shall perform such duties as are customarily performed by one holding such position in other businesses or enterprises of the same or similar nature as that engaged in by Company. Contractor shall additionally render such other and unrelated services and duties as may be assigned to her from time to time by Company.

3. MANNER OF PERFORMANCE OF CONTRACTOR'S DUTIES

Contractor shall at all times faithfully, industriously, and to the best of his ability, experience, and talent, perform all duties that may be required of and from her pursuant to the express and implicit terms hereof, to the reasonable satisfaction of Company. Such duties shall be rendered at such places as Company shall in good faith require or as the interests, needs, business, and opportunities of Company shall require or make advisable.

4. DURATION OF EMPLOYMENT

The term of employment shall be one (1) year, commencing on the 1 st of February, 2019, and terminating the 31 st of January 2020, and can be renewed on a year to year basis, subject however, to prior termination as otherwise provided herein.

5. COMPENSATION; REIMBURSEMENT

Company shall pay Contractor and Contractor agrees to accept from Company, In full payment for

Contractor's services hereunder, compensation at the rate of one thousand dollars ($1 ,000) per month.

Additional compensation in the form of thirty thousand (30,000) shares of the Company's Series A

Preferred Stock (Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into the Company's Common stock at a rate of 100 shares Common for 1 share of Preferred). Stock shall be issued within 30 days of the sigmng of this agreement. In addition to the foregoing, Company will reimburse Contractor for any and all necessary, customary, and usual expenses incurred by her while traveling for and on behalf of the Company pursuant to Company's directions.

 
 

 

6. NONDISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION CONCERNING BUSINESS

Contractor will not at any time, in any fashion, form, or manner, either directly or indirectly divulge, disclose, or communicate to any person, firm, or corporation in any manner whatsoever any information of any kind, nature, or description concerning any matters affecting or relating to the business of Company, including, without limitation, the names of any its customers, the prices it obtains or has obtained, or at which it sells or has sold its products, or any other information concerning the business of Company, its manner of operation, or its plans, processes, or other date of any kind, nature, or description without regard to whether any or all of the foregoing matters would be deemed confidential, material, or important. The parties hereby stipulate that, as between them, the foregoing matters are important, material, and confidential, and gravely affect the effective and successful conduct of the business of Company, and its good will, and that any breach of the terms of this section is a material breach of this agreement.

7. OPTION TO TERMINATE ON PERMANENT DISABILITY OF CONTRACTOR

Not withstanding anything in this agreement to the contrary, Company is hereby given the option to terminate this agreement in the event that during the term hereof Contractor shall become permanently disabled, as the term "permanently disabled" is hereinafter fixed and defined. Such option shall be exercised by Company giving notice to Contractor by registered mail, addressed to her In care of Company at the above stated address, or at such other address as Contractor shall designate in writing, of its intention to terminate this agreement on the last day of the month during which such notice is mailed. On the giving of such notice this agreement and the term hereof shall cease and come to an end on the last day of the month in which the notice is mailed, with the same force and effect as if such last day of the month were the date originally set forth as the termination date. For purposes of this agreement, Contractor shall be deemed to have become permanently disabled if, during any year of the term hereof, because of ill health, physical or mental disability, or for other causes beyond her control, he shall have been continuously unable or unwilling or have failed to perform her duties hereunder for thirty (30) consecutive days, or if, during any year of the term hereof, he/she shall have been unable or unwilling or have failed to perform her duties for a total period of thirty (30) days, whether consecutive or not.

8. DISCONTINUANCE OF BUSINESS AS TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

Anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that Company shall discontinue operations at the premises mentioned above, then this agreement shall cease and terminate as of the last day of the month in which operations cease with the same force and effect as if such last day of the month were originally set forth as the termination date hereof.

9. CONTRACTORS COMMITMENTS BINDING ON COMPANY ONLY ON WRITTEN CONSENT

Contractor shall not have the right to make any contracts or other commitments for or on behalf of Company without the written consent of Company.

10. CONTRACT TERMS TO BE EXCLUSIVE

This written agreement contains the sole and entire agreement between the parties, and supersedes any and all other agreements between them. The parties acknowledge and agree that neither of them has made

any representation with respect to the subject matter of this agreement or any representations inducing the execution and delivery hereof except such representations as are specifically set forth herein, and each party acknowledges that he or it has relied on her or its own judgment in entering into the agreement. The parties further acknowledge that any statements or representations that may have heretofore been made by cither of them to the other are void and of no effect and that neither of them has relied thereon in connection with her or its dealings with the other.

 
 

11. WAIVER OR MODIFICATION INEFFECTIVE UNLESS IN WRITING

No waiver or modification of this agreement or of any covenant, condition, or limitation herein contained shall be valid unless in vwiting and duly executed by the party to be charged therewith. Furthermore, no evidence of any waiver or modification shall be offered or received in evidence in any proceeding, or litigation between the parties arising out of or affecting this agreement, or the rights or obligations of any party hereunder, unless such waiver or modification is in writing, duly executed as aforesaid. The provisions of this paragraph may not be waived except as herein set forth.

12. CONTRACT GOVERNED BY LAW

This agreement and performance hereunder shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.

13. BINDING EFFECT OF AGREEMENT

This agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of The respective parties and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns.

Company

Greene Concepts

Lenny Greene, President

Contractor

Karen Howard

 

Karen Howard

 

 

Exhibit 6.3

 

CONTRACT SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement made and entered into this 5th day of February, 2019, by and between Greene Concepts Inc (“Company”), and Dr. Susan Hewlings (“Contractor”). The parties recite that:

 

A. Company maintains business premises at located at 13195 Hwy 221N, Marion, NC 28752 and the Company is engaged in the bottling and beverage industry.

 

B. Contractor is willing to be retained by Company, and Company is willing to employ Contractor, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. For the reasons set forth above, and in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises of the parties hereto, Company and Contractor covenant and agree as follows:

 

1. AGREEMENT FOR SERVICES 

Company hereby retains Contractor as Director of Scientific Formulations for Greene Concepts Inc. and Contractor hereby accepts and agrees to the position.

 

2. DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACTOR’S DUTIES 

Subject to the supervision and pursuant to the orders, advice, and direction of Company, Contractor shall perform such duties as are customarily performed by one holding such position in other businesses or enterprises of the same or similar nature as that engaged in by Company. Contractor shall additionally render such other and unrelated services and duties as may be assigned to her from time to time by Company.

 

3. MANNER OF PERFORMANCE OF CONTRACTOR’S DUTIES 

Contractor shall at all times faithfully, industriously, and to the best of his ability, experience, and talent, perform all duties that may be required of and from her pursuant to the express and implicit terms hereof, to the reasonable satisfaction of Company. Such duties shall be rendered at such places as Company shall in good faith require or as the interests, needs, business, and opportunities of Company shall require or make advisable.

 

4. DURATION OF EMPLOYMENT 

The term of employment shall be one (1) year, commencing on the 10th of February, 2019, and terminating the 9th of February, 2020, and can be renewed on a year to year basis, subject however, to prior termination as otherwise provided herein.

 

5. COMPENSATION; REIMBURSEMENT 

Company shall pay Contractor and Contractor agrees to accept from Company, in full payment for Contractor’s services hereunder, compensation in the form of fifteen thousand five hundred (15,500) shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into the Company’s Common stock at a rate of 100 shares Common for 1 share of Preferred). Stock shall be issued within 30 days of the signing of this agreement. In addition to the foregoing, Company will reimburse Contractor for any and all necessary, customary, and usual expenses incurred by her while traveling for and on behalf of the Company pursuant to Company’s directions.

 

 

 

 

6. NONDISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION CONCERNING BUSINESS 

Contractor will not at any time, in any fashion, form, or manner, either directly or indirectly divulge, disclose, or communicate to any person, firm, or corporation in any manner whatsoever any information of any kind, nature, or description concerning any matters affecting or relating to the business of Company, including, without limitation, the names of any its customers, the prices it obtains or has obtained, or at which it sells or has sold its products, or any other information concerning the business of Company, its manner of operation, or its plans, processes, or other date of any kind, nature, or description without regard to whether any or all of the foregoing matters would be deemed confidential, material, or important. The parties hereby stipulate that, as between them, the foregoing matters are important, material, and confidential, and gravely affect the effective and successful conduct of the business of Company, and its good will, and that any breach of the terms of this section is a material breach of this agreement.

 

7. OPTION TO TERMINATE ON PERMANENT DISABILITY OF CONTRACTOR 

Not withstanding anything in this agreement to the contrary, Company is hereby given the option to terminate this agreement in the event that during the term hereof Contractor shall become permanently disabled, as the term “permanently disabled” is hereinafter fixed and defined. Such option shall be exercised by Company giving notice to Contractor by registered mail, addressed to her in care of Company at the above stated address, or at such other address as Contractor shall designate in writing, of its intention to terminate this agreement on the last day of the month during which such notice is mailed. On the giving of such notice this agreement and the term hereof shall cease and come to an end on the last day of the month in which the notice is mailed, with the same force and effect as if such last day of the month were the date originally set forth as the termination date. For purposes of this agreement, Contractor shall be deemed to have become permanently disabled if, during any year of the term hereof, because of ill health, physical or mental disability, or for other causes beyond her control, he shall have been continuously unable or unwilling or have failed to perform her duties hereunder for thirty (30) consecutive days, or if, during any year of the term hereof, he/she shall have been unable or unwilling or have failed to perform her duties for a total period of thirty (30) days, whether consecutive or not.

 

8. DISCONTINUANCE OF BUSINESS AS TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT 

Anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that Company shall discontinue operations at the premises mentioned above, then this agreement shall cease and terminate as of the last day of the month in which operations cease with the same force and effect as if such last day of the month were originally set forth as the termination date hereof.

 

9. CONTRACTOR’S COMMITMENTS BINDING ON COMPANY ONLY ON WRITTEN CONSENT 

Contractor shall not have the right to make any contracts or other commitments for or on behalf of Company without the written consent of Company.

 

10. CONTRACT TERMS TO BE EXCLUSIVE 

This written agreement contains the sole and entire agreement between the parties, and supersedes any and all other agreements between them. The parties acknowledge and agree that neither of them has made any representation with respect to the subject matter of this agreement or any representations inducing the execution and delivery hereof except such representations as are specifically set forth herein, and each party acknowledges that he/she has relied on her or its own judgment in entering into the agreement. The parties further acknowledge that any statements or representations that may have heretofore been made by either of them to the other arc void and or no effect and that neither of them has relied thereon in connection with his or its dealings with the other.

 

 

 

 

11. WAIVER OR MODIFICATION INEFFECTIVE  UNLESS IN WRITING 

No waiver or modification of this agreement or of any covenant, condition, or limitation herein contained shall be valid unless in writing and duly executed by the party to be charged therewith. Furthermore, no evidence of any waiver or modification shall be offered or received in evidence in any proceeding, arbitration, or litigation between the parties arising out of or affecting this agreement, or the rights or obligations of any party hereunder, unless such waiver or modification is in writing, duly executed as aforesaid. The provisions of this paragraph may not be waived except as herein set forth.

 

12. CONTRACT GOVERNED BY LAW 

This agreement and performance hereunder shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.

 

13. BINDING EFFECT OF AGREEMENT 

This agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the respective parties and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns.

 

Company    
Greene Concepts    
     
Karen Howard, President    

 

Contractor    
Dr. Doug Kalman    
   
Dr Susan J Hewlings    

 

 

 

Exhibit 6.4

 

CONTRACT SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement made and entered into this 5th day of February 2019, by and between Greene Concepts Inc (“Company”), and Douglas Kalman PhD, RD (Dr. Doug Kalman) (“Contractor”). The parties recite that:

 

A. Company maintains business premises at located at 13195 Hwy 221N, Marion, NC 28752 and the Company is engaged in the bottling and beverage industry. Company has or will have subsidiaries and divisions that also fall under the scope of this Agreement (i.e., Mammoth Ventures, etc.).

 

B. Contractor is willing to be retained by Company, and Company is willing to utilize Contractor as a Consultant, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. For the reasons set forth above, and in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises of the parties hereto, Company and Contractor covenant and agree as follows:

 

1. AGREEMENT FOR SERVICES 

Company hereby retains Contractor as Scientific Director, for Greene Concepts Inc. and Contractor hereby accepts and agrees to the position. Company agrees that it will not market in any way, shape or form, from press release to other types of marketing the name, likeness or image of the Consultant/Contractor without express written permission (written includes email communications).

 

2. DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACTOR’S DUTIES 

Subject to the supervision and pursuant to the orders, advice, and direction of Company, Contractor shall perform such duties as are customarily performed by one holding such a consulting position in other businesses or enterprises of the same or similar nature as that engaged in by Company. Contractor shall additionally render such other and unrelated services and duties as may be assigned to her from time to time by Company.

 

3. MANNER OF PERFORMANCE OF CONTRACTOR’S DUTIES 

Contractor shall at all times faithfully, industriously, and to the best of his ability, experience, and talent, perform all duties that may be required of and from her pursuant to the express and implicit terms hereof, to the reasonable satisfaction of Company. Such duties shall be rendered at such places as Company shall in good faith require or as the interests, needs, business, and opportunities of Company shall require or make advisable.

 

4. DURATION OF EMPLOYMENT 

The term of employment shall be one (1) year, commencing on the 15th of April 2019, and terminating the 15th of April, 2020, and is renewed automatically unless both Company and Kalman agree to terminate the contractor relationship. The compensation as described elsewhere in the document is not forfeited if the consulting position is not renewed. In other works, Contractor gets to keep the assigned shares when or not he remains as a consultant to the Company.

 

5. COMPENSATION; REIMBURSEMENT 

Company shall pay Contractor and Contractor agrees to accept from Company, in full payment for Contractor’s services hereunder, compensation in the form of twenty- two thousand and five hundred (22,500) shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into the Company’s Common stock at a rate of 100 shares Common for 1 share of Preferred). Stock shall be issued within 45 days of the signing of this agreement. In addition to the foregoing, Company will reimburse Contractor for any and all necessary, customary, and usual expenses incurred by his while traveling for and on behalf of the Company pursuant to Company’s directions and Company’s prior approval. Company may award additional stock compensation upon annual renewal of agreement more. Any additional stock compensation year over year will be discussed and agreed upon by all parties.

 

 

 

 

6. NONDISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION CONCERNING BUSINESS 

Contractor will not at any time, in any fashion, form, or manner, either directly or indirectly divulge, disclose, or communicate to any person, firm, or corporation in any manner whatsoever any information of any kind, nature, or description concerning any matters affecting or relating to the business of Company, including, without limitation, the names of any its customers, the prices it obtains or has obtained, or at which it sells or has sold its products, or any other information concerning the business of Company, its manner of operation, or its plans, processes, or other date of any kind, nature, or description without regard to whether any or all of the foregoing matters would be deemed confidential, material, or important. The parties hereby stipulate that, as between them, the foregoing matters are important, material, and confidential, and gravely affect the effective and successful conduct of the business of Company, and its good will, and that any breach of the terms of this section is a material breach of this agreement. Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor in the event the Company has any law suits or any legal issue that may arise. Contractor and Company will agree upon which lawyer or law firm will represent the Contractor should a legal matter arise.

 

7. OPTION TO TERMINATE ON PERMANENT DISABILITY OF CONTRACTOR 

Not withstanding anything in this agreement to the contrary, Company is hereby given the option to terminate this agreement in the event that during the term hereof Contractor shall become permanently disabled, as the term “permanently disabled” is hereinafter fixed and defined. Such option shall be exercised by Company giving notice to Contractor by registered mail, addressed to his in care of Company at the above stated address, or at such other address as Contractor shall designate in writing, of its intention to terminate this agreement on the last day of the month during which such notice is mailed. On the giving of such notice this agreement and the term hereof shall cease and come to an end on the last day of the month in which the notice is mailed, with the same force and effect as if such last day of the month were the date originally set forth as the termination date. For purposes of this agreement, Contractor shall be deemed to have become permanently disabled if, during any year of the term hereof, because of ill health, physical or mental disability, or for other causes beyond his control, he shall have been continuously unable or unwilling or have failed to perform his duties hereunder for thirty (30) consecutive days, or if, during any year of the term hereof, he/she shall have been unable or unwilling or have failed to perform his duties for a total period of thirty (30) days, whether consecutive or not. If Contractor is terminated or resigns from Company, Company agrees to honor full payment and shares for the full calendar year.

 

8. DISCONTINUANCE OF BUSINESS AS TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT 

Anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that Company shall discontinue operations at the premises mentioned above, then this agreement shall cease and terminate as of the last day of the month in which operations cease with the same force and effect as if such last day of the month were originally set forth as the termination date hereof.

 

 

 

 

9. CONTRACTOR’S COMMITMENTS BINDING ON COMPANY ONLY ON WRITTEN CONSENT 

Contractor shall not have the right to make any contracts or other commitments for or on behalf of Company without the written consent of Company.

 

10. CONTRACT TERMS TO BE EXCLUSIVE 

This written agreement contains the sole and entire agreement between the parties, and supersedes any and all other agreements between them. The parties acknowledge and agree that neither of them has made any representation with respect to the subject matter of this agreement or any representations inducing the execution and delivery hereof except such representations as are specifically set forth herein, and each party acknowledges that he/she has relied on her or its own judgment in entering into the agreement. The parties further acknowledge that any statements or representations that may have heretofore been made by either of them to the other are void and of no effect and that neither of them has relied thereon in connection with his or its dealings with the other.

 

11. WAIVER OR MODIFICATION INEFFECTIVE UNLESS IN WRITING 

No waiver or modification of this agreement or of any covenant, condition, or limitation herein contained shall be valid unless in writing and duly executed by the party to be charged therewith. Furthermore, no evidence of any waiver or modification shall be offered or received in evidence in any proceeding, arbitration, or litigation between the parties arising out of or affecting this agreement, or the rights or obligations of any party hereunder, unless such waiver or modification is in writing, duly executed as aforesaid. The provisions of this paragraph may not be waived except as herein set forth.

 

12. CONTRACT GOVERNED BY LAW 

This agreement and performance hereunder shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida. Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor if any legal action of any kind is contemplated or enacted against Greene Concepts and or its Contractor as related to work conducted on behalf of Company

 

13. BINDING EFFECT OF AGREEMENT 

This agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the respective parties and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns.

 

Company   Consultant/Contractor  
Greene Concepts   Name: Douglas Kalman PhD, RD  
       
     
Karen Howard, CEO   Douglas Kalman, PhD, RD Consultant  

 

 

 

Exhibit 6.5

 

CONTRACT SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement made and entered into this 0h day of March, 2019, by and between Greene Concepts Inc (“Company”), and Dr. William Rowe (“Contractor”). The parties recite that:

 

A. Company maintains business premises at located at 13195 Hwy 221N, Marion, NC 28752 and the Company is engaged in the bottling and beverage industry.

 

B. Contractor is willing to be retained by Company, and Company is willing to employ Contractor, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. For the reasons set forth above, and in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises of the parties hereto, Company and Contractor covenant and agree as follows:

 

1. AGREEMENT FOR SERVICES

Company hereby retains Contractor William Rowe / Nutrasource as an Advisory Board Director for Greene Concepts Inc. and Contractor hereby accepts and agrees to the position.

 

2. DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACTOR’S DUTIES

Subject to the supervision and pursuant to the orders, advice, and direction of Company, Contractor shall perform such duties as are customarily performed by one holding such position in other businesses or enterprises of the same or similar nature as that engaged in by Company. Contractor shall additionally render such other and unrelated services and duties as may be assigned to her from time to time by Company.

 

3. MANNER OF PERFORMANCE OF CONTRACTOR’S DUTIES

Contractor shall at all times faithfully, industriously, and to the best of his ability, experience, and talent, perform all duties that may be required of and from her pursuant to the express and implicit terms hereof, to the reasonable satisfaction of Company. Such duties shall be rendered at such places as Company shall in good faith require or as the interests, needs, business, and opportunities of Company shall require or make advisable.

 

4. DURATION OF EMPLOYMENT

The term of employment shall be one (1) year, commencing on the 10th of February, 2019, and terminating the 9th of February, 2020, and can be renewed on a year to year basis, subject however, to prior termination as otherwise provided herein.

 

5. COMPENSATION; REIMBURSEMENT

Company shall pay Contractor and Contractor agrees to accept from Company, in full payment for Contractor’s services hereunder, compensation in the form of nine thousand (35,000) shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into the Company’s Common stock at a rate of 100 shares Common for 1 share of Preferred). Stock shall be issued within 30 days of the signing of this agreement. In addition to the foregoing, Company will reimburse Contractor for any and all necessary, customary, and usual expenses incurred by his while traveling for and on behalf of the Company pursuant to Company’s directions.

 

 

 

 

6. NONDISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION CONCERNING BUSINESS

Contractor will not at any time, in any fashion, form, or manner, either directly or indirectly divulge, disclose, or communicate to any person, firm, or corporation in any manner whatsoever any information of any kind, nature, or description concerning any matters affecting or relating to the business of Company, including, without limitation, the names of any its customers, the prices it obtains or has obtained, or at which it sells or has sold its products, or any other information concerning the business of Company, its manner of operation, or its plans, processes, or other date of any kind, nature, or description without regard to whether any or all of the foregoing matters would be deemed confidential, material, or important. The parties hereby stipulate that, as between them, the foregoing matters are important, material, and confidential, and gravely affect the effective and successful conduct of the business of Company, and its good will, and that any breach of the terms of this section is a material breach of this agreement.

 

7. OPTION TO TERMINATE ON PERMANENT DISABILITY OF CONTRACTOR

Not withstanding anything in this agreement to the contrary, Company is hereby given the option to terminate this agreement in the event that during the term hereof Contractor shall become permanently disabled, as the term “permanently disabled” is hereinafter fixed and defined. Such option shall be exercised by Company giving notice to Contractor by registered mail, addressed to his in care of Company at the above stated address, or at such other address as Contractor shall designate in writing, of its intention to terminate this agreement on the last day of the month during which such notice is mailed. On the giving of such notice this agreement and the term hereof shall cease and come to an end on the last day of the month in which the notice is mailed, with the same force and effect as if such last day of the month were the date originally set forth as the termination date. For purposes of this agreement, Contractor shall be deemed to have become permanently disabled if, during any year of the term hereof, because of ill health, physical or mental disability, or for other causes beyond his control, he shall have been continuously unable or unwilling or have failed to perform his duties hereunder for thirty (30) consecutive days, or if, during any year of the term hereof, he/she shall have been unable or unwilling or have failed to perform his duties for a total period of thirty (30) days, whether consecutive or not.

 

8. DISCONTINUANCE OF BUSINESS AS TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

Anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that Company shall discontinue operations at the premises mentioned above, then this agreement shall cease and terminate as of the last day of the month in which operations cease with the same force and effect as if such last day of the month were originally set forth as the termination date hereof.

 

9. CONTRACTOR’S COMMITMENTS BINDING ON COMPANY ONLY ON WRITTEN CONSENT

Contractor shall not have the right to make any contracts or other commitments for or on behalf of Company without the written consent of Company.

 

10. CONTRACT TERMS TO BE EXCLUSIVE

This written agreement contains the sole and entire agreement between the parties, and supersedes any and all other agreements between them. The parties acknowledge and agree that neither of them has made any representation with respect to the subject matter of this agreement or any representations inducing the execution and delivery hereof except such representations as are specifically set forth herein, and each party acknowledges that he/she has relied on her or its own judgment in entering into the agreement. The parties further acknowledge that any statements or representations that may have heretofore been made by either of them to the other are void and of no effect and that neither of them has relied thereon in connection with his or its dealings with the other.

 

 

 

 

11. WAIVER OR MODIFICATION INEFFECTIVE UNLESS IN WRITING

No waiver or modification of this agreement or of any covenant, condition, or limitation herein contained shall be valid unless in writing and duly executed by the party to be charged therewith. Furthermore, no evidence of any waiver or modification shall be offered or received in evidence in any proceeding, arbitration, or litigation between the parties arising out of or affecting this agreement, or the rights or obligations of any party hereunder, unless such waiver or modification is in writing, duly executed as aforesaid. The provisions of this paragraph may not be waived except as herein set forth.

 

12. CONTRACT GOVERNED BY LAW

This agreement and performance hereunder shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.

 

13. BINDING EFFECT OF AGREEMENT

This agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the respective parties and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns.

   
Company  
Greene Concepts  
   
-S- KAREN HOWARD    
Karen Howard, President  
   
Contractor  
William Rowe/ Nutrasource  
   
-S- WILLIAM ROWE    
William Rowe  

 

 

 

Exhibit 6.6

 

CONTRACT SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement made and entered into this 10th day of April, 2019, by and between Greene Concepts Inc (“Company”), and Dr. Lane R. Phillips (“Contractor”). The parties recite that:

 

A. Company maintains business premises at located at 13195 Hwy 221N, Marion, NC 28752 and operates under a wholly owned subsidiary named Mammoth Ventures, Inc. and the Company is engaged in the bottling and beverage industry.

 

B. Contractor is willing to be retained by Company, and Company is willing to employ Contractor, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. For the reasons set forth above, and in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises of the parties hereto, Company and Contractor covenant and agree as follows:

 

1. AGREEMENT FOR SERVICES

Company hereby retains Contractor as Medical Director for Greene Concepts Inc. and its subsidiary Mammoth Ventures Inc. and Contractor hereby accepts and agrees to the position.

 

2. DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACTOR’S DUTIES

Subject to the supervision and pursuant to the orders, advice, and direction of Company, Contractor shall perform such duties as are customarily performed by one holding such position in other businesses or enterprises of the same or similar nature as that engaged in by Company. Contractor shall additionally render such other and unrelated services and duties as may be assigned to his/her from time to time by Company.

 

3. MANNER OF PERFORMANCE OF CONTRACTOR’S DUTIES

Contractor shall at all times faithfully, industriously, and to the best of his ability, experience, and talent, perform all duties that may be required of and from his/her pursuant to the express and implicit terms hereof, to the reasonable satisfaction of Company. Such duties shall be rendered at such places as Company shall in good faith require or as the interests, needs, business, and opportunities of Company shall require or make advisable.

 

4. DURATION OF EMPLOYMENT

The term of employment shall be one (1) year, commencing on the 10th of April, 2019, and terminating the 9th of April, 2020, and can be renewed on a year to year basis, subject however, to prior termination as otherwise provided herein.

 

5. COMPENSATION; REIMBURSEMENT

Company shall pay Contractor and Contractor agrees to accept from Company, in full payment for Contractor’s services hereunder, compensation in the form of ten thousand (10,000) shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into the Company’s Common stock at a rate of 100 shares Common for 1 share of Preferred). Stock shall be issued within 30 days of the signing of this agreement. In addition to the foregoing, Company will reimburse Contractor for any and all necessary, customary, and usual expenses incurred by his/her while traveling for and on behalf of the Company pursuant to Company’s directions.

 

 

 

 

6. NONDISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION CONCERNING BUSINESS

Contractor will not at any time, in any fashion, form, or manner, either directly or indirectly divulge, disclose, or communicate to any person, firm, or corporation in any manner whatsoever any information of any kind, nature, or description concerning any matters affecting or relating to the business of Company, including, without limitation, the names of any its customers, the prices it obtains or has obtained, or at which it sells or has sold its products, or any other information concerning the business of Company, its manner of operation, or its plans, processes, or other date of any kind, nature, or description without regard to whether any or all of the foregoing matters would be deemed confidential, material, or important. The parties hereby stipulate that, as between them, the foregoing matters are important, material, and confidential, and gravely affect the effective and successful conduct of the business of Company, and its good will, and that any breach of the terms of this section is a material breach of this agreement.

 

7. OPTION TO TERMINATE ON PERMANENT DISABILITY OF CONTRACTOR

Not withstanding anything in this agreement to the contrary, Company is hereby given the option to terminate this agreement in the event that during the term hereof Contractor shall become permanently disabled, as the term “permanently disabled” is hereinafter fixed and defined. Such option shall be exercised by Company giving notice to Contractor by registered mail, addressed to his/her in care of Company at the above stated address, or at such other address as Contractor shall designate in writing, of its intention to terminate this agreement on the last day of the month during which such notice is mailed. On the giving of such notice this agreement and the term hereof shall cease and come to an end on the last day of the month in which the notice is mailed, with the same force and effect as if such last day of the month were the date originally set forth as the termination date. For purposes of this agreement, Contractor shall be deemed to have become permanently disabled if, during any year of the term hereof, because of ill health, physical or mental disability, or for other causes beyond his/her control, he shall have been continuously unable or unwilling or have failed to perform his/her duties hereunder for thirty (30) consecutive days, or if, during any year of the term hereof, he/she shall have been unable or unwilling or have failed to perform his/her duties for a total period of thirty (30) days, whether consecutive or not.

 

8. DISCONTINUANCE OF BUSINESS AS TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

Anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that Company shall discontinue operations at the premises mentioned above, then this agreement shall cease and terminate as of the last day of the month in which operations cease with the same force and effect as if such last day of the month were originally set forth as the termination date hereof.

 

9. CONTRACTOR’S COMMITMENTS BINDING ON COMPANY ONLY ON WRITTEN CONSENT

Contractor shall not have the right to make any contracts or other commitments for or on behalf of Company without the written consent of Company.

 

 

 

 

This written agreement contains the sole and entire agreement between the parties, and supersedes any and all other agreements between them. The parties acknowledge and agree that neither of them has made any representation with respect to the subject matter of this agreement or any representations inducing the execution and delivery hereof except such representations as are specifically set forth herein, and each party acknowledges that he/she has relied on his/her or its own judgment in entering into the agreement. The parties further acknowledge that any statements or representations that may have heretofore been made by either of them to the other are void and of no effect and that neither of them has relied thereon in connection with his or its dealings with the other.

 

11. WAIVER OR MODIFICATION INEFFECTIVE UNLESS IN WRITING

No waiver or modification of this agreement or of any covenant, condition, or limitation herein contained shall be valid unless in writing and duly executed by the party to be charged therewith. Furthermore, no evidence of any waiver or modification shall be offered or received in evidence in any proceeding, arbitration, or litigation between the parties arising out of or affecting this agreement, or the rights or obligations of any party hereunder, unless such waiver or modification is in writing, duly executed as aforesaid. The provisions of this paragraph may not be waived except as herein set forth.

 

12. CONTRACT GOVERNED BY LAW

This agreement and performance hereunder shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.

 

13. BINDING EFFECT OF AGREEMENT 

This agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the respective parties and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns.

   
Company  
Greene Concepts  
   
-S- KAREN HOWARD   4/12/19  
Karen Howard, President  
   
Contractor  
Dr. Lane R. Phillips  
   
-S- LANE R. PHILLIPS    
Dr. Lane R. Phillips